LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/optimizer/plan - planner.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 18devel Lines: 2164 2236 96.8 %
Date: 2025-01-18 05:15:39 Functions: 58 58 100.0 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  *
       3             :  * planner.c
       4             :  *    The query optimizer external interface.
       5             :  *
       6             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8             :  *
       9             :  *
      10             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      11             :  *    src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
      12             :  *
      13             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      14             :  */
      15             : 
      16             : #include "postgres.h"
      17             : 
      18             : #include <limits.h>
      19             : #include <math.h>
      20             : 
      21             : #include "access/genam.h"
      22             : #include "access/parallel.h"
      23             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      24             : #include "access/table.h"
      25             : #include "catalog/pg_aggregate.h"
      26             : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      27             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      28             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      29             : #include "executor/executor.h"
      30             : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
      31             : #include "jit/jit.h"
      32             : #include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
      33             : #include "lib/knapsack.h"
      34             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      35             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      36             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
      37             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
      38             : #include "nodes/print.h"
      39             : #endif
      40             : #include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
      41             : #include "optimizer/appendinfo.h"
      42             : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
      43             : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
      44             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      45             : #include "optimizer/paramassign.h"
      46             : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
      47             : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
      48             : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
      49             : #include "optimizer/planmain.h"
      50             : #include "optimizer/planner.h"
      51             : #include "optimizer/prep.h"
      52             : #include "optimizer/subselect.h"
      53             : #include "optimizer/tlist.h"
      54             : #include "parser/analyze.h"
      55             : #include "parser/parse_agg.h"
      56             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      57             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      58             : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
      59             : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      60             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      61             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      62             : #include "utils/rel.h"
      63             : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
      64             : 
      65             : /* GUC parameters */
      66             : double      cursor_tuple_fraction = DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION;
      67             : int         debug_parallel_query = DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF;
      68             : bool        parallel_leader_participation = true;
      69             : bool        enable_distinct_reordering = true;
      70             : 
      71             : /* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
      72             : planner_hook_type planner_hook = NULL;
      73             : 
      74             : /* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
      75             : create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook = NULL;
      76             : 
      77             : 
      78             : /* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
      79             : #define EXPRKIND_QUAL               0
      80             : #define EXPRKIND_TARGET             1
      81             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC             2
      82             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL     3
      83             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES             4
      84             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL     5
      85             : #define EXPRKIND_LIMIT              6
      86             : #define EXPRKIND_APPINFO            7
      87             : #define EXPRKIND_PHV                8
      88             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE        9
      89             : #define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM       10
      90             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC          11
      91             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL  12
      92             : #define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR          13
      93             : 
      94             : /*
      95             :  * Data specific to grouping sets
      96             :  */
      97             : typedef struct
      98             : {
      99             :     List       *rollups;
     100             :     List       *hash_sets_idx;
     101             :     double      dNumHashGroups;
     102             :     bool        any_hashable;
     103             :     Bitmapset  *unsortable_refs;
     104             :     Bitmapset  *unhashable_refs;
     105             :     List       *unsortable_sets;
     106             :     int        *tleref_to_colnum_map;
     107             : } grouping_sets_data;
     108             : 
     109             : /*
     110             :  * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
     111             :  * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
     112             :  */
     113             : typedef struct
     114             : {
     115             :     WindowClause *wc;
     116             :     List       *uniqueOrder;    /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
     117             :                                  * clauses per Window */
     118             : } WindowClauseSortData;
     119             : 
     120             : /* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
     121             : typedef struct
     122             : {
     123             :     List       *activeWindows;  /* active windows, if any */
     124             :     grouping_sets_data *gset_data;  /* grouping sets data, if any */
     125             :     SetOperationStmt *setop;    /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
     126             :                                  * subquery belonging to a set operation */
     127             : } standard_qp_extra;
     128             : 
     129             : /* Local functions */
     130             : static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
     131             : static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
     132             : static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
     133             :                              SetOperationStmt *setops);
     134             : static grouping_sets_data *preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root);
     135             : static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
     136             :                                       int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
     137             : static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root);
     138             : static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
     139             :                                double tuple_fraction,
     140             :                                int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
     141             : static List *preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force);
     142             : static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
     143             : static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
     144             : static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
     145             : static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
     146             :                                    double path_rows,
     147             :                                    grouping_sets_data *gd,
     148             :                                    List *target_list);
     149             : static RelOptInfo *create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     150             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     151             :                                          PathTarget *target,
     152             :                                          bool target_parallel_safe,
     153             :                                          grouping_sets_data *gd);
     154             : static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root);
     155             : static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     156             :                                              RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     157             :                                              RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
     158             : static RelOptInfo *make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     159             :                                      PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
     160             :                                      Node *havingQual);
     161             : static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     162             :                                            RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     163             :                                            RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     164             :                                            const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     165             :                                            grouping_sets_data *gd,
     166             :                                            GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     167             :                                            RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p);
     168             : static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     169             :                                         RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     170             :                                         Path *path,
     171             :                                         bool is_sorted,
     172             :                                         bool can_hash,
     173             :                                         grouping_sets_data *gd,
     174             :                                         const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     175             :                                         double dNumGroups);
     176             : static RelOptInfo *create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     177             :                                        RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     178             :                                        PathTarget *input_target,
     179             :                                        PathTarget *output_target,
     180             :                                        bool output_target_parallel_safe,
     181             :                                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     182             :                                        List *activeWindows);
     183             : static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     184             :                                    RelOptInfo *window_rel,
     185             :                                    Path *path,
     186             :                                    PathTarget *input_target,
     187             :                                    PathTarget *output_target,
     188             :                                    WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     189             :                                    List *activeWindows);
     190             : static RelOptInfo *create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     191             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     192             :                                          PathTarget *target);
     193             : static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     194             :                                           RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     195             :                                           RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
     196             :                                           PathTarget *target);
     197             : static RelOptInfo *create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     198             :                                                RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     199             :                                                RelOptInfo *distinct_rel);
     200             : static List *get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root,
     201             :                                               List *needed_pathkeys,
     202             :                                               List *path_pathkeys);
     203             : static RelOptInfo *create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     204             :                                         RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     205             :                                         PathTarget *target,
     206             :                                         bool target_parallel_safe,
     207             :                                         double limit_tuples);
     208             : static PathTarget *make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     209             :                                            PathTarget *final_target);
     210             : static PathTarget *make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     211             :                                                 PathTarget *grouping_target,
     212             :                                                 Node *havingQual);
     213             : static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
     214             : static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root,
     215             :                                     WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     216             : static List *select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     217             : static PathTarget *make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     218             :                                             PathTarget *final_target,
     219             :                                             List *activeWindows);
     220             : static List *make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
     221             :                                       List *tlist);
     222             : static PathTarget *make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     223             :                                           PathTarget *final_target,
     224             :                                           bool *have_postponed_srfs);
     225             : static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     226             :                                   List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
     227             : static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     228             :                                       RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     229             :                                       RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     230             :                                       const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     231             :                                       grouping_sets_data *gd,
     232             :                                       double dNumGroups,
     233             :                                       GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     234             : static RelOptInfo *create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     235             :                                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     236             :                                                  RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     237             :                                                  grouping_sets_data *gd,
     238             :                                                  GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     239             :                                                  bool force_rel_creation);
     240             : static Path *make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     241             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
     242             :                                Path *path,
     243             :                                Path *cheapest_path,
     244             :                                List *pathkeys,
     245             :                                double limit_tuples);
     246             : static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
     247             : static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
     248             : static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     249             :                                            RelOptInfo *rel,
     250             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets,
     251             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
     252             :                                            bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
     253             :                                            bool tlist_same_exprs);
     254             : static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     255             :                                                 RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     256             :                                                 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     257             :                                                 RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     258             :                                                 const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     259             :                                                 grouping_sets_data *gd,
     260             :                                                 PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
     261             :                                                 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     262             : static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     263             :                                  List *targetList,
     264             :                                  List *groupClause);
     265             : static int  common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
     266             : static List *generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op,
     267             :                                             List *targetlist);
     268             : 
     269             : 
     270             : /*****************************************************************************
     271             :  *
     272             :  *     Query optimizer entry point
     273             :  *
     274             :  * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
     275             :  * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
     276             :  * after the standard planning process.  The plugin would normally call
     277             :  * standard_planner().
     278             :  *
     279             :  * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
     280             :  * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
     281             :  *
     282             :  *****************************************************************************/
     283             : PlannedStmt *
     284      450498 : planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     285             :         ParamListInfo boundParams)
     286             : {
     287             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     288             : 
     289      450498 :     if (planner_hook)
     290       91690 :         result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions, boundParams);
     291             :     else
     292      358808 :         result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions, boundParams);
     293      446368 :     return result;
     294             : }
     295             : 
     296             : PlannedStmt *
     297      450498 : standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     298             :                  ParamListInfo boundParams)
     299             : {
     300             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     301             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
     302             :     double      tuple_fraction;
     303             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     304             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     305             :     Path       *best_path;
     306             :     Plan       *top_plan;
     307             :     ListCell   *lp,
     308             :                *lr;
     309             : 
     310             :     /*
     311             :      * Set up global state for this planner invocation.  This data is needed
     312             :      * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
     313             :      * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
     314             :      * PlannerInfo.
     315             :      */
     316      450498 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
     317             : 
     318      450498 :     glob->boundParams = boundParams;
     319      450498 :     glob->subplans = NIL;
     320      450498 :     glob->subpaths = NIL;
     321      450498 :     glob->subroots = NIL;
     322      450498 :     glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
     323      450498 :     glob->finalrtable = NIL;
     324      450498 :     glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
     325      450498 :     glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
     326      450498 :     glob->resultRelations = NIL;
     327      450498 :     glob->appendRelations = NIL;
     328      450498 :     glob->relationOids = NIL;
     329      450498 :     glob->invalItems = NIL;
     330      450498 :     glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
     331      450498 :     glob->lastPHId = 0;
     332      450498 :     glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
     333      450498 :     glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
     334      450498 :     glob->transientPlan = false;
     335      450498 :     glob->dependsOnRole = false;
     336             : 
     337             :     /*
     338             :      * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
     339             :      * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
     340             :      * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
     341             :      * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
     342             :      * functions are present in the query tree.
     343             :      *
     344             :      * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
     345             :      * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
     346             :      * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
     347             :      * be able to see.  If the workers could see the table, the fact that
     348             :      * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
     349             :      * page locks would make this unsafe.  We'll have to fix that somehow if
     350             :      * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
     351             :      * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
     352             :      *
     353             :      * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
     354             :      * parallel worker.  We might eventually be able to relax this
     355             :      * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
     356             :      * trying to create their own parallel workers.
     357             :      */
     358      450498 :     if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
     359      424970 :         IsUnderPostmaster &&
     360      424970 :         parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
     361      340082 :         !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
     362      339942 :         max_parallel_workers_per_gather > 0 &&
     363      339360 :         !IsParallelWorker())
     364             :     {
     365             :         /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
     366      339284 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = max_parallel_hazard(parse);
     367      339284 :         glob->parallelModeOK = (glob->maxParallelHazard != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE);
     368             :     }
     369             :     else
     370             :     {
     371             :         /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
     372      111214 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
     373      111214 :         glob->parallelModeOK = false;
     374             :     }
     375             : 
     376             :     /*
     377             :      * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
     378             :      * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
     379             :      * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
     380             :      *
     381             :      * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
     382             :      * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
     383             :      * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism.  It's not safe to do so if
     384             :      * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
     385             :      * false in that case.  Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
     386             :      * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
     387             :      * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
     388             :      * parallel-mode restrictions.  If that ends up breaking something, then
     389             :      * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
     390             :      * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
     391             :      * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
     392             :      */
     393      733688 :     glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
     394      283190 :         (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF);
     395             : 
     396             :     /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
     397      450498 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
     398             :     {
     399             :         /*
     400             :          * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
     401             :          * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
     402             :          * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
     403             :          * process some of the tuples sooner.  Use a GUC parameter to decide
     404             :          * what fraction to optimize for.
     405             :          */
     406        2902 :         tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
     407             : 
     408             :         /*
     409             :          * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
     410             :          * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here.  We
     411             :          * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
     412             :          */
     413        2902 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
     414           0 :             tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     415        2902 :         else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
     416           0 :             tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
     417             :     }
     418             :     else
     419             :     {
     420             :         /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
     421      447596 :         tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     422             :     }
     423             : 
     424             :     /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
     425      450498 :     root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, false, tuple_fraction, NULL);
     426             : 
     427             :     /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
     428      446764 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
     429      446764 :     best_path = get_cheapest_fractional_path(final_rel, tuple_fraction);
     430             : 
     431      446764 :     top_plan = create_plan(root, best_path);
     432             : 
     433             :     /*
     434             :      * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
     435             :      * backwards on demand.  Add a Material node at the top at need.
     436             :      */
     437      446368 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
     438             :     {
     439         264 :         if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan(top_plan))
     440          30 :             top_plan = materialize_finished_plan(top_plan);
     441             :     }
     442             : 
     443             :     /*
     444             :      * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
     445             :      * actually a safe thing to do.
     446             :      *
     447             :      * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
     448             :      * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
     449             :      * SS_finalize_plan's limitations.  That would cause cosmetic breakage of
     450             :      * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
     451             :      * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
     452             :      * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output.  That doesn't seem worth kluging
     453             :      * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
     454             :      */
     455      446368 :     if (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF &&
     456         182 :         top_plan->parallel_safe &&
     457          84 :         (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
     458           0 :          debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS))
     459             :     {
     460          84 :         Gather     *gather = makeNode(Gather);
     461             :         Cost        initplan_cost;
     462             :         bool        unsafe_initplans;
     463             : 
     464          84 :         gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
     465          84 :         gather->plan.qual = NIL;
     466          84 :         gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
     467          84 :         gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
     468          84 :         gather->num_workers = 1;
     469          84 :         gather->single_copy = true;
     470          84 :         gather->invisible = (debug_parallel_query == DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS);
     471             : 
     472             :         /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
     473          84 :         gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
     474          84 :         top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
     475             : 
     476             :         /*
     477             :          * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
     478             :          * we don't need a rescan Param.
     479             :          */
     480          84 :         gather->rescan_param = -1;
     481             : 
     482             :         /*
     483             :          * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
     484             :          * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
     485             :          */
     486          84 :         gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
     487             :             parallel_setup_cost;
     488          84 :         gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
     489          84 :             parallel_setup_cost + parallel_tuple_cost * top_plan->plan_rows;
     490          84 :         gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
     491          84 :         gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
     492          84 :         gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
     493          84 :         gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
     494             : 
     495             :         /*
     496             :          * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan.  We needn't add it to the
     497             :          * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
     498             :          */
     499          84 :         SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
     500             :                                  &initplan_cost, &unsafe_initplans);
     501          84 :         top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
     502          84 :         top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
     503             : 
     504             :         /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
     505          84 :         root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
     506             : 
     507          84 :         top_plan = &gather->plan;
     508             :     }
     509             : 
     510             :     /*
     511             :      * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
     512             :      * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets.  Ideally we'd merge this into
     513             :      * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
     514             :      * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
     515             :      */
     516      446368 :     if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
     517             :     {
     518             :         Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     519      189666 :         forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     520             :         {
     521       38880 :             Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     522       38880 :             PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     523             : 
     524       38880 :             SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
     525             :         }
     526      150786 :         SS_finalize_plan(root, top_plan);
     527             :     }
     528             : 
     529             :     /* final cleanup of the plan */
     530             :     Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
     531             :     Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
     532             :     Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
     533             :     Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
     534             :     Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
     535      446368 :     top_plan = set_plan_references(root, top_plan);
     536             :     /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
     537             :     Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     538      485248 :     forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     539             :     {
     540       38880 :         Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     541       38880 :         PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     542             : 
     543       38880 :         lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
     544             :     }
     545             : 
     546             :     /* build the PlannedStmt result */
     547      446368 :     result = makeNode(PlannedStmt);
     548             : 
     549      446368 :     result->commandType = parse->commandType;
     550      446368 :     result->queryId = parse->queryId;
     551      446368 :     result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
     552      446368 :     result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
     553      446368 :     result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
     554      446368 :     result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
     555      446368 :     result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
     556      446368 :     result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
     557      446368 :     result->planTree = top_plan;
     558      446368 :     result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
     559      446368 :     result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
     560      446368 :     result->resultRelations = glob->resultRelations;
     561      446368 :     result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
     562      446368 :     result->subplans = glob->subplans;
     563      446368 :     result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
     564      446368 :     result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
     565      446368 :     result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
     566      446368 :     result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
     567      446368 :     result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
     568             :     /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
     569      446368 :     result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
     570      446368 :     result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
     571      446368 :     result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
     572             : 
     573      446368 :     result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
     574      446368 :     if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
     575      445770 :         top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
     576             :     {
     577         934 :         result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
     578             : 
     579             :         /*
     580             :          * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
     581             :          */
     582         934 :         if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
     583         934 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
     584         432 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
     585         934 :         if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
     586         934 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
     587         432 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
     588             : 
     589             :         /*
     590             :          * Decide which operations should be JITed.
     591             :          */
     592         934 :         if (jit_expressions)
     593         934 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
     594         934 :         if (jit_tuple_deforming)
     595         934 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
     596             :     }
     597             : 
     598      446368 :     if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
     599       11332 :         DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
     600             : 
     601      446368 :     return result;
     602             : }
     603             : 
     604             : 
     605             : /*--------------------
     606             :  * subquery_planner
     607             :  *    Invokes the planner on a subquery.  We recurse to here for each
     608             :  *    sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
     609             :  *
     610             :  * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
     611             :  * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
     612             :  * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
     613             :  * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
     614             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
     615             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
     616             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
     617             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
     618             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
     619             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
     620             :  *
     621             :  * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
     622             :  * per Query object.  It then calls grouping_planner.  At one time,
     623             :  * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
     624             :  * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
     625             :  * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
     626             :  *
     627             :  * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
     628             :  * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
     629             :  *
     630             :  * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
     631             :  * while planning the subquery.  In particular, the Path(s) attached to
     632             :  * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
     633             :  * cheapest way(s) to implement the query.  The top level will select the
     634             :  * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
     635             :  *--------------------
     636             :  */
     637             : PlannerInfo *
     638      511744 : subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, PlannerInfo *parent_root,
     639             :                  bool hasRecursion, double tuple_fraction,
     640             :                  SetOperationStmt *setops)
     641             : {
     642             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     643             :     List       *newWithCheckOptions;
     644             :     List       *newHaving;
     645             :     bool        hasOuterJoins;
     646             :     bool        hasResultRTEs;
     647             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     648             :     ListCell   *l;
     649             : 
     650             :     /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
     651      511744 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
     652      511744 :     root->parse = parse;
     653      511744 :     root->glob = glob;
     654      511744 :     root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
     655      511744 :     root->parent_root = parent_root;
     656      511744 :     root->plan_params = NIL;
     657      511744 :     root->outer_params = NULL;
     658      511744 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
     659      511744 :     root->init_plans = NIL;
     660      511744 :     root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
     661      511744 :     root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
     662      511744 :     root->join_domains = NIL;
     663      511744 :     root->eq_classes = NIL;
     664      511744 :     root->ec_merging_done = false;
     665      511744 :     root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
     666      511744 :     root->all_result_relids =
     667      511744 :         parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
     668      511744 :     root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
     669      511744 :     root->append_rel_list = NIL;
     670      511744 :     root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
     671      511744 :     root->rowMarks = NIL;
     672      511744 :     memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
     673      511744 :     memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
     674      511744 :     root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
     675      511744 :     root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
     676      511744 :     root->processed_tlist = NIL;
     677      511744 :     root->update_colnos = NIL;
     678      511744 :     root->grouping_map = NULL;
     679      511744 :     root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
     680      511744 :     root->qual_security_level = 0;
     681      511744 :     root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
     682      511744 :     root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
     683      511744 :     root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
     684      511744 :     root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
     685      511744 :     if (hasRecursion)
     686         822 :         root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
     687             :     else
     688      510922 :         root->wt_param_id = -1;
     689      511744 :     root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
     690      511744 :     root->partColsUpdated = false;
     691             : 
     692             :     /*
     693             :      * Create the top-level join domain.  This won't have valid contents until
     694             :      * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
     695             :      * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
     696             :      */
     697      511744 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
     698             : 
     699             :     /*
     700             :      * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
     701             :      * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
     702             :      */
     703      511744 :     if (parse->cteList)
     704        2464 :         SS_process_ctes(root);
     705             : 
     706             :     /*
     707             :      * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
     708             :      */
     709      511738 :     transform_MERGE_to_join(parse);
     710             : 
     711             :     /*
     712             :      * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
     713             :      * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
     714             :      */
     715      511738 :     replace_empty_jointree(parse);
     716             : 
     717             :     /*
     718             :      * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
     719             :      * to transform them into joins.  Note that this step does not descend
     720             :      * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
     721             :      * processed just before pulling them up.
     722             :      */
     723      511738 :     if (parse->hasSubLinks)
     724       30402 :         pull_up_sublinks(root);
     725             : 
     726             :     /*
     727             :      * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
     728             :      * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
     729             :      * pulled up next).  Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
     730             :      * for SubLinks.
     731             :      */
     732      511738 :     preprocess_function_rtes(root);
     733             : 
     734             :     /*
     735             :      * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
     736             :      * query.
     737             :      */
     738      511732 :     pull_up_subqueries(root);
     739             : 
     740             :     /*
     741             :      * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
     742             :      * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
     743             :      * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
     744             :      * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
     745             :      */
     746      511726 :     if (parse->setOperations)
     747        5850 :         flatten_simple_union_all(root);
     748             : 
     749             :     /*
     750             :      * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present.  We can
     751             :      * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
     752             :      * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
     753             :      * flatten_join_alias_vars().  This must be done after we have finished
     754             :      * adding rangetable entries, of course.  (Note: actually, processing of
     755             :      * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
     756             :      * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
     757             :      * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
     758             :      */
     759      511726 :     root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
     760      511726 :     root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
     761      511726 :     root->group_rtindex = 0;
     762      511726 :     hasOuterJoins = false;
     763      511726 :     hasResultRTEs = false;
     764     1356514 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     765             :     {
     766      844788 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     767             : 
     768      844788 :         switch (rte->rtekind)
     769             :         {
     770      434124 :             case RTE_RELATION:
     771      434124 :                 if (rte->inh)
     772             :                 {
     773             :                     /*
     774             :                      * Check to see if the relation actually has any children;
     775             :                      * if not, clear the inh flag so we can treat it as a
     776             :                      * plain base relation.
     777             :                      *
     778             :                      * Note: this could give a false-positive result, if the
     779             :                      * rel once had children but no longer does.  We used to
     780             :                      * be able to clear rte->inh later on when we discovered
     781             :                      * that, but no more; we have to handle such cases as
     782             :                      * full-fledged inheritance.
     783             :                      */
     784      348920 :                     rte->inh = has_subclass(rte->relid);
     785             :                 }
     786      434124 :                 break;
     787       76998 :             case RTE_JOIN:
     788       76998 :                 root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
     789       76998 :                 if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
     790       43218 :                     hasOuterJoins = true;
     791       76998 :                 break;
     792      217510 :             case RTE_RESULT:
     793      217510 :                 hasResultRTEs = true;
     794      217510 :                 break;
     795        4406 :             case RTE_GROUP:
     796             :                 Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
     797        4406 :                 root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
     798        4406 :                 break;
     799      111750 :             default:
     800             :                 /* No work here for other RTE types */
     801      111750 :                 break;
     802             :         }
     803             : 
     804      844788 :         if (rte->lateral)
     805       10078 :             root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
     806             : 
     807             :         /*
     808             :          * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
     809             :          * securityQuals now.  Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
     810             :          * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
     811             :          * expand_single_inheritance_child().
     812             :          */
     813      844788 :         if (rte->securityQuals)
     814        2466 :             root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
     815             :                                             list_length(rte->securityQuals));
     816             :     }
     817             : 
     818             :     /*
     819             :      * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
     820             :      * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
     821             :      */
     822      511726 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
     823             :     {
     824       91176 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
     825             : 
     826       91176 :         if (!rte->inh)
     827       88432 :             root->leaf_result_relids =
     828       88432 :                 bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
     829             :     }
     830             : 
     831             :     /*
     832             :      * Preprocess RowMark information.  We need to do this after subquery
     833             :      * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
     834             :      */
     835      511726 :     preprocess_rowmarks(root);
     836             : 
     837             :     /*
     838             :      * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present.  Needed
     839             :      * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
     840             :      * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
     841             :      */
     842      511726 :     root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
     843             : 
     844             :     /*
     845             :      * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
     846             :      * random expressions in the querytree.  Note that we do not need to
     847             :      * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
     848             :      * part of the targetlist.
     849             :      */
     850      508070 :     parse->targetList = (List *)
     851      511726 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
     852             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     853             : 
     854      508070 :     newWithCheckOptions = NIL;
     855      510402 :     foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
     856             :     {
     857        2332 :         WithCheckOption *wco = lfirst_node(WithCheckOption, l);
     858             : 
     859        2332 :         wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
     860             :                                           EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     861        2332 :         if (wco->qual != NULL)
     862        1932 :             newWithCheckOptions = lappend(newWithCheckOptions, wco);
     863             :     }
     864      508070 :     parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
     865             : 
     866      508070 :     parse->returningList = (List *)
     867      508070 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
     868             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     869             : 
     870      508070 :     preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
     871             : 
     872      508070 :     parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
     873             :                                               EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     874             : 
     875      510628 :     foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
     876             :     {
     877        2558 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
     878             : 
     879             :         /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
     880        2558 :         wc->startOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->startOffset,
     881             :                                                 EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
     882        2558 :         wc->endOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->endOffset,
     883             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
     884             :     }
     885             : 
     886      508070 :     parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
     887             :                                                EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
     888      508070 :     parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
     889             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
     890             : 
     891      508070 :     if (parse->onConflict)
     892             :     {
     893        3628 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
     894        1814 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     895        1814 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
     896             :                                   EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM);
     897        3628 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
     898        1814 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     899        1814 :                                   parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
     900             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     901        3628 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
     902        1814 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     903        1814 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
     904             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     905        1814 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
     906        1814 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     907        1814 :                                   parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
     908             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     909             :         /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
     910             :     }
     911             : 
     912      510764 :     foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
     913             :     {
     914        2694 :         MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
     915             : 
     916        2694 :         action->targetList = (List *)
     917        2694 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     918        2694 :                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
     919             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     920        2694 :         action->qual =
     921        2694 :             preprocess_expression(root,
     922             :                                   (Node *) action->qual,
     923             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     924             :     }
     925             : 
     926      508070 :     parse->mergeJoinCondition =
     927      508070 :         preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     928             : 
     929      508070 :     root->append_rel_list = (List *)
     930      508070 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
     931             :                               EXPRKIND_APPINFO);
     932             : 
     933             :     /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
     934     1348924 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     935             :     {
     936      840854 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     937             :         int         kind;
     938             :         ListCell   *lcsq;
     939             : 
     940      840854 :         if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
     941             :         {
     942      433858 :             if (rte->tablesample)
     943         222 :                 rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
     944         222 :                     preprocess_expression(root,
     945         222 :                                           (Node *) rte->tablesample,
     946             :                                           EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE);
     947             :         }
     948      406996 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
     949             :         {
     950             :             /*
     951             :              * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
     952             :              * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it.  But if it
     953             :              * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
     954             :              * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
     955             :              * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
     956             :              */
     957       54960 :             if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
     958         998 :                 rte->subquery = (Query *)
     959         998 :                     flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse,
     960         998 :                                             (Node *) rte->subquery);
     961             :         }
     962      352036 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
     963             :         {
     964             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
     965       43704 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
     966       43704 :             rte->functions = (List *)
     967       43704 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
     968             :         }
     969      308332 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
     970             :         {
     971             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
     972         626 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC;
     973         626 :             rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
     974         626 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
     975             :         }
     976      307706 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
     977             :         {
     978             :             /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
     979        7988 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
     980        7988 :             rte->values_lists = (List *)
     981        7988 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
     982             :         }
     983      299718 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
     984             :         {
     985             :             /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
     986        4406 :             rte->groupexprs = (List *)
     987        4406 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
     988             :                                       EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR);
     989             :         }
     990             : 
     991             :         /*
     992             :          * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
     993             :          * separate qual expression (as indeed it is).  We need to do it this
     994             :          * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure.  Note that
     995             :          * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
     996             :          */
     997      843666 :         foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
     998             :         {
     999        2812 :             lfirst(lcsq) = preprocess_expression(root,
    1000        2812 :                                                  (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
    1001             :                                                  EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1002             :         }
    1003             :     }
    1004             : 
    1005             :     /*
    1006             :      * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
    1007             :      * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
    1008             :      * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
    1009             :      * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
    1010             :      * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
    1011             :      * a useless unreferenced subplan).  Leaving them in place simply creates
    1012             :      * a hazard for later scans of the tree.  We could try to prevent that by
    1013             :      * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
    1014             :      * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
    1015             :      */
    1016      508070 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
    1017             :     {
    1018      267038 :         foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    1019             :         {
    1020      219912 :             RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    1021             : 
    1022      219912 :             rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
    1023             :         }
    1024             :     }
    1025             : 
    1026             :     /*
    1027             :      * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
    1028             :      * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
    1029             :      *
    1030             :      * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
    1031             :      * the grouping expressions.  This is to ensure that there is only one
    1032             :      * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
    1033             :      * expressions.
    1034             :      */
    1035      508070 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
    1036             :     {
    1037        4406 :         parse->targetList = (List *)
    1038        4406 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
    1039        4406 :         parse->havingQual =
    1040        4406 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
    1041             :     }
    1042             : 
    1043             :     /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
    1044      508070 :     if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1045        8740 :         parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
    1046             : 
    1047             :     /*
    1048             :      * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
    1049             :      * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
    1050             :      * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
    1051             :      * only once per group).  We also can't do this if there are any nonempty
    1052             :      * grouping sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable
    1053             :      * by the grouping sets; moving such a clause into WHERE would potentially
    1054             :      * change the results.  (If there are only empty grouping sets, then the
    1055             :      * HAVING clause must be degenerate as discussed below.)
    1056             :      *
    1057             :      * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
    1058             :      * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
    1059             :      * selectivity.  This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
    1060             :      * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
    1061             :      * subplans are left in HAVING.  Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
    1062             :      * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
    1063             :      * instead of after.
    1064             :      *
    1065             :      * If the query has explicit grouping then we can simply move such a
    1066             :      * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
    1067             :      * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
    1068             :      * aggregation stage.  Otherwise we must have a degenerate (variable-free)
    1069             :      * HAVING clause, which we put in WHERE so that query_planner() can use it
    1070             :      * in a gating Result node, but also keep in HAVING to ensure that we
    1071             :      * don't emit a bogus aggregated row. (This could be done better, but it
    1072             :      * seems not worth optimizing.)
    1073             :      *
    1074             :      * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
    1075             :      * preprocessed.  This can happen if these expressions are part of
    1076             :      * grouping items.  In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
    1077             :      * the parser and then replaced back after we've done with expression
    1078             :      * preprocessing on havingQual.  This is not an issue if the clause
    1079             :      * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
    1080             :      * target items in setrefs.c.  However, if the clause is moved or copied
    1081             :      * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
    1082             :      * preprocessed.
    1083             :      *
    1084             :      * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
    1085             :      * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
    1086             :      * as Node *.
    1087             :      */
    1088      508070 :     newHaving = NIL;
    1089      509516 :     foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
    1090             :     {
    1091        1446 :         Node       *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
    1092             : 
    1093        1762 :         if (contain_agg_clause(havingclause) ||
    1094         632 :             contain_volatile_functions(havingclause) ||
    1095         316 :             contain_subplans(havingclause) ||
    1096         382 :             (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
    1097          66 :              bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
    1098             :         {
    1099             :             /* keep it in HAVING */
    1100        1184 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1101             :         }
    1102         262 :         else if (parse->groupClause)
    1103             :         {
    1104             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1105             : 
    1106             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1107         244 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, havingclause,
    1108             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1109             :             /* ... and move it to WHERE */
    1110         244 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1111         244 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1112             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1113             :         }
    1114             :         else
    1115             :         {
    1116             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1117             : 
    1118             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1119          18 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, copyObject(havingclause),
    1120             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1121             :             /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
    1122          36 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1123          18 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1124             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1125             :             /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
    1126          18 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1127             :         }
    1128             :     }
    1129      508070 :     parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
    1130             : 
    1131             :     /*
    1132             :      * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
    1133             :      * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
    1134             :      * preprocessing.
    1135             :      */
    1136      508070 :     if (hasOuterJoins)
    1137       30408 :         reduce_outer_joins(root);
    1138             : 
    1139             :     /*
    1140             :      * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
    1141             :      * the jointree.  We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
    1142             :      * FromExprs underneath outer joins.  This step is most effectively done
    1143             :      * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
    1144             :      */
    1145      508070 :     if (hasResultRTEs || hasOuterJoins)
    1146      243222 :         remove_useless_result_rtes(root);
    1147             : 
    1148             :     /*
    1149             :      * Do the main planning.
    1150             :      */
    1151      508070 :     grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
    1152             : 
    1153             :     /*
    1154             :      * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
    1155             :      * extParam/allParam calculations later.
    1156             :      */
    1157      508004 :     SS_identify_outer_params(root);
    1158             : 
    1159             :     /*
    1160             :      * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
    1161             :      * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them.  The
    1162             :      * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
    1163             :      * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
    1164             :      */
    1165      508004 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1166      508004 :     SS_charge_for_initplans(root, final_rel);
    1167             : 
    1168             :     /*
    1169             :      * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel.  (By
    1170             :      * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
    1171             :      * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
    1172             :      */
    1173      508004 :     set_cheapest(final_rel);
    1174             : 
    1175      508004 :     return root;
    1176             : }
    1177             : 
    1178             : /*
    1179             :  * preprocess_expression
    1180             :  *      Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
    1181             :  *      which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
    1182             :  *      conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
    1183             :  */
    1184             : static Node *
    1185     4240952 : preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
    1186             : {
    1187             :     /*
    1188             :      * Fall out quickly if expression is empty.  This occurs often enough to
    1189             :      * be worth checking.  Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
    1190             :      * implicit-AND result format, too.
    1191             :      */
    1192     4240952 :     if (expr == NULL)
    1193     3382160 :         return NULL;
    1194             : 
    1195             :     /*
    1196             :      * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
    1197             :      * base-relation variables.  We must do this first, since any expressions
    1198             :      * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
    1199             :      * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
    1200             :      * out from join aliases would not get processed.  But we can skip this in
    1201             :      * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
    1202             :      * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
    1203             :      */
    1204      858792 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
    1205      339044 :         !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
    1206      169324 :           kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
    1207             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
    1208             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
    1209      169312 :         expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
    1210             : 
    1211             :     /*
    1212             :      * Simplify constant expressions.  For function RTEs, this was already
    1213             :      * done by preprocess_function_rtes.  (But note we must do it again for
    1214             :      * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
    1215             :      * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
    1216             :      * join alias variables.)
    1217             :      *
    1218             :      * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
    1219             :      * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
    1220             :      * any default arguments for functions.  To ensure that happens, we *must*
    1221             :      * process all expressions here.  Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
    1222             :      * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
    1223             :      * do that anymore.
    1224             :      *
    1225             :      * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
    1226             :      * form.  All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
    1227             :      * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
    1228             :      * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
    1229             :      */
    1230      858792 :     if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
    1231      823304 :         expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
    1232             : 
    1233             :     /*
    1234             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
    1235             :      */
    1236      855136 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1237             :     {
    1238      292536 :         expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
    1239             : 
    1240             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
    1241             :         printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
    1242             :         pprint(expr);
    1243             : #endif
    1244             :     }
    1245             : 
    1246             :     /*
    1247             :      * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
    1248             :      * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
    1249             :      * instead of a linear search.
    1250             :      */
    1251      855136 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
    1252             :     {
    1253      788172 :         convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(expr);
    1254             :     }
    1255             : 
    1256             :     /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
    1257      855136 :     if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
    1258       84550 :         expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
    1259             : 
    1260             :     /*
    1261             :      * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
    1262             :      * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
    1263             :      */
    1264             : 
    1265             :     /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
    1266      855136 :     if (root->query_level > 1)
    1267      136948 :         expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
    1268             : 
    1269             :     /*
    1270             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
    1271             :      * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
    1272             :      * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
    1273             :      * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
    1274             :      */
    1275      855136 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1276      292536 :         expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
    1277             : 
    1278      855136 :     return expr;
    1279             : }
    1280             : 
    1281             : /*
    1282             :  * preprocess_qual_conditions
    1283             :  *      Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
    1284             :  *      preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
    1285             :  */
    1286             : static void
    1287     1231040 : preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
    1288             : {
    1289     1231040 :     if (jtnode == NULL)
    1290           0 :         return;
    1291     1231040 :     if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
    1292             :     {
    1293             :         /* nothing to do here */
    1294             :     }
    1295      600622 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
    1296             :     {
    1297      519170 :         FromExpr   *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
    1298             :         ListCell   *l;
    1299             : 
    1300     1079236 :         foreach(l, f->fromlist)
    1301      560066 :             preprocess_qual_conditions(root, lfirst(l));
    1302             : 
    1303      519170 :         f->quals = preprocess_expression(root, f->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1304             :     }
    1305       81452 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
    1306             :     {
    1307       81452 :         JoinExpr   *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
    1308             : 
    1309       81452 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->larg);
    1310       81452 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->rarg);
    1311             : 
    1312       81452 :         j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1313             :     }
    1314             :     else
    1315           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
    1316             :              (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
    1317             : }
    1318             : 
    1319             : /*
    1320             :  * preprocess_phv_expression
    1321             :  *    Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
    1322             :  *
    1323             :  * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
    1324             :  * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
    1325             :  * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
    1326             :  * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
    1327             :  * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
    1328             :  * current query level to start with.  So we need to preprocess it then.
    1329             :  */
    1330             : Expr *
    1331          72 : preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
    1332             : {
    1333          72 :     return (Expr *) preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) expr, EXPRKIND_PHV);
    1334             : }
    1335             : 
    1336             : /*--------------------
    1337             :  * grouping_planner
    1338             :  *    Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
    1339             :  *
    1340             :  * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
    1341             :  * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
    1342             :  *
    1343             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
    1344             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
    1345             :  *    0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
    1346             :  *    0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
    1347             :  *      from the plan to be retrieved
    1348             :  *    tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
    1349             :  *      expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
    1350             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
    1351             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
    1352             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
    1353             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
    1354             :  *
    1355             :  * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
    1356             :  * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root.  In addition,
    1357             :  * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
    1358             :  *
    1359             :  * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
    1360             :  * to leave this to the caller.
    1361             :  *--------------------
    1362             :  */
    1363             : static void
    1364      508070 : grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    1365             :                  SetOperationStmt *setops)
    1366             : {
    1367      508070 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    1368      508070 :     int64       offset_est = 0;
    1369      508070 :     int64       count_est = 0;
    1370      508070 :     double      limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1371      508070 :     bool        have_postponed_srfs = false;
    1372             :     PathTarget *final_target;
    1373             :     List       *final_targets;
    1374             :     List       *final_targets_contain_srfs;
    1375             :     bool        final_target_parallel_safe;
    1376             :     RelOptInfo *current_rel;
    1377             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
    1378             :     FinalPathExtraData extra;
    1379             :     ListCell   *lc;
    1380             : 
    1381             :     /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
    1382      508070 :     if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
    1383             :     {
    1384        4714 :         tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
    1385             :                                           &offset_est, &count_est);
    1386             : 
    1387             :         /*
    1388             :          * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
    1389             :          * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
    1390             :          */
    1391        4714 :         if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
    1392        4244 :             limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
    1393             :     }
    1394             : 
    1395             :     /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
    1396      508070 :     root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
    1397             : 
    1398      508070 :     if (parse->setOperations)
    1399             :     {
    1400             :         /*
    1401             :          * Construct Paths for set operations.  The results will not need any
    1402             :          * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT.  Note that any
    1403             :          * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
    1404             :          * plan_set_operations.
    1405             :          */
    1406        5502 :         current_rel = plan_set_operations(root);
    1407             : 
    1408             :         /*
    1409             :          * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
    1410             :          * in a SELECT query node.  Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
    1411             :          * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
    1412             :          * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
    1413             :          * original tlist.
    1414             :          */
    1415             :         Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    1416             : 
    1417             :         /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
    1418        5496 :         root->processed_tlist =
    1419        5496 :             postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
    1420             :                                     parse->targetList);
    1421             : 
    1422             :         /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
    1423        5496 :         final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
    1424             : 
    1425             :         /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
    1426             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1427        5496 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1428             : 
    1429             :         /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
    1430             :         Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
    1431        5496 :         final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1432             : 
    1433             :         /*
    1434             :          * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
    1435             :          * checked already, but let's make sure).
    1436             :          */
    1437        5496 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1438           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1439             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1440             :             /*------
    1441             :               translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
    1442             :                      errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
    1443             :                             LCS_asString(linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    1444             :                                                        parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
    1445             : 
    1446             :         /*
    1447             :          * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
    1448             :          */
    1449             :         Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
    1450        5496 :         root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    1451             :                                                             parse->sortClause,
    1452             :                                                             root->processed_tlist);
    1453             :     }
    1454             :     else
    1455             :     {
    1456             :         /* No set operations, do regular planning */
    1457             :         PathTarget *sort_input_target;
    1458             :         List       *sort_input_targets;
    1459             :         List       *sort_input_targets_contain_srfs;
    1460             :         bool        sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1461             :         PathTarget *grouping_target;
    1462             :         List       *grouping_targets;
    1463             :         List       *grouping_targets_contain_srfs;
    1464             :         bool        grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1465             :         PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    1466             :         List       *scanjoin_targets;
    1467             :         List       *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs;
    1468             :         bool        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe;
    1469             :         bool        scanjoin_target_same_exprs;
    1470             :         bool        have_grouping;
    1471      502568 :         WindowFuncLists *wflists = NULL;
    1472      502568 :         List       *activeWindows = NIL;
    1473      502568 :         grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
    1474             :         standard_qp_extra qp_extra;
    1475             : 
    1476             :         /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
    1477             :         Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
    1478             : 
    1479             :         /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1480      502568 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    1481             :         {
    1482         854 :             gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
    1483             :         }
    1484      501714 :         else if (parse->groupClause)
    1485             :         {
    1486             :             /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1487        3594 :             root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
    1488             :         }
    1489             : 
    1490             :         /*
    1491             :          * Preprocess targetlist.  Note that much of the remaining planning
    1492             :          * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
    1493             :          * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
    1494             :          * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
    1495             :          * tlist of the finished Plan.  This is kept in processed_tlist.
    1496             :          */
    1497      502562 :         preprocess_targetlist(root);
    1498             : 
    1499             :         /*
    1500             :          * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
    1501             :          * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state.  We
    1502             :          * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
    1503             :          * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
    1504             :          * being marked.
    1505             :          */
    1506      502562 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1507             :         {
    1508       39182 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
    1509       39182 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
    1510             :         }
    1511             : 
    1512             :         /*
    1513             :          * Locate any window functions in the tlist.  (We don't need to look
    1514             :          * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
    1515             :          * too.)  Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
    1516             :          * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
    1517             :          */
    1518      502562 :         if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
    1519             :         {
    1520        2342 :             wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
    1521        2342 :                                             list_length(parse->windowClause));
    1522        2342 :             if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
    1523             :             {
    1524             :                 /*
    1525             :                  * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
    1526             :                  * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
    1527             :                  * quickly.
    1528             :                  */
    1529        2336 :                 optimize_window_clauses(root, wflists);
    1530             : 
    1531        2336 :                 activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
    1532             :             }
    1533             :             else
    1534           6 :                 parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
    1535             :         }
    1536             : 
    1537             :         /*
    1538             :          * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any.  Note: be careful about
    1539             :          * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call.  Anything
    1540             :          * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
    1541             :          * duplicated in planagg.c.
    1542             :          */
    1543      502562 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1544       39182 :             preprocess_minmax_aggregates(root);
    1545             : 
    1546             :         /*
    1547             :          * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
    1548             :          * query_planner's result subplan needs to return.  Even if we know a
    1549             :          * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
    1550             :          * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
    1551             :          */
    1552      502562 :         if (parse->groupClause ||
    1553      498162 :             parse->groupingSets ||
    1554      498120 :             parse->distinctClause ||
    1555      495736 :             parse->hasAggs ||
    1556      460420 :             parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
    1557      458222 :             parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
    1558      449924 :             root->hasHavingQual)
    1559       52656 :             root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1560             :         else
    1561      449906 :             root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    1562             : 
    1563             :         /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
    1564      502562 :         qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
    1565      502562 :         qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
    1566             : 
    1567             :         /*
    1568             :          * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
    1569             :          * in qp_extra.
    1570             :          */
    1571      502562 :         qp_extra.setop = setops;
    1572             : 
    1573             :         /*
    1574             :          * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
    1575             :          * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
    1576             :          * FROM/WHERE clauses.  (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
    1577             :          * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
    1578             :          * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
    1579             :          */
    1580      502562 :         current_rel = query_planner(root, standard_qp_callback, &qp_extra);
    1581             : 
    1582             :         /*
    1583             :          * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
    1584             :          *
    1585             :          * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
    1586             :          * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
    1587             :          * root->processed_tlist.  Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
    1588             :          * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
    1589             :          * that were obtained within query_planner().
    1590             :          */
    1591      502514 :         final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
    1592             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1593      502514 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1594             : 
    1595             :         /*
    1596             :          * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
    1597             :          * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
    1598             :          * so.
    1599             :          */
    1600      502514 :         if (parse->sortClause)
    1601             :         {
    1602       59726 :             sort_input_target = make_sort_input_target(root,
    1603             :                                                        final_target,
    1604             :                                                        &have_postponed_srfs);
    1605             :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe =
    1606       59726 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) sort_input_target->exprs);
    1607             :         }
    1608             :         else
    1609             :         {
    1610      442788 :             sort_input_target = final_target;
    1611      442788 :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe = final_target_parallel_safe;
    1612             :         }
    1613             : 
    1614             :         /*
    1615             :          * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
    1616             :          * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
    1617             :          * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
    1618             :          */
    1619      502514 :         if (activeWindows)
    1620             :         {
    1621        2336 :             grouping_target = make_window_input_target(root,
    1622             :                                                        final_target,
    1623             :                                                        activeWindows);
    1624             :             grouping_target_parallel_safe =
    1625        2336 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) grouping_target->exprs);
    1626             :         }
    1627             :         else
    1628             :         {
    1629      500178 :             grouping_target = sort_input_target;
    1630      500178 :             grouping_target_parallel_safe = sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1631             :         }
    1632             : 
    1633             :         /*
    1634             :          * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
    1635             :          * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
    1636             :          * should emit grouping_target.
    1637             :          */
    1638      498114 :         have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
    1639     1000628 :                          parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
    1640      502514 :         if (have_grouping)
    1641             :         {
    1642       39814 :             scanjoin_target = make_group_input_target(root, final_target);
    1643             :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe =
    1644       39814 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) scanjoin_target->exprs);
    1645             :         }
    1646             :         else
    1647             :         {
    1648      462700 :             scanjoin_target = grouping_target;
    1649      462700 :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe = grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1650             :         }
    1651             : 
    1652             :         /*
    1653             :          * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
    1654             :          * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets.  Replace
    1655             :          * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
    1656             :          * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
    1657             :          */
    1658      502514 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1659             :         {
    1660             :             /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
    1661        8740 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, final_target, sort_input_target,
    1662             :                                      &final_targets,
    1663             :                                      &final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1664        8740 :             final_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, final_targets);
    1665             :             Assert(!linitial_int(final_targets_contain_srfs));
    1666             :             /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
    1667        8740 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, sort_input_target, grouping_target,
    1668             :                                      &sort_input_targets,
    1669             :                                      &sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1670        8740 :             sort_input_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, sort_input_targets);
    1671             :             Assert(!linitial_int(sort_input_targets_contain_srfs));
    1672             :             /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
    1673        8740 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, grouping_target, scanjoin_target,
    1674             :                                      &grouping_targets,
    1675             :                                      &grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1676        8740 :             grouping_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, grouping_targets);
    1677             :             Assert(!linitial_int(grouping_targets_contain_srfs));
    1678             :             /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
    1679        8740 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, scanjoin_target, NULL,
    1680             :                                      &scanjoin_targets,
    1681             :                                      &scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    1682        8740 :             scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    1683             :             Assert(!linitial_int(scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs));
    1684             :         }
    1685             :         else
    1686             :         {
    1687             :             /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
    1688      493774 :             final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1689      493774 :             sort_input_targets = sort_input_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1690      493774 :             grouping_targets = grouping_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1691      493774 :             scanjoin_targets = list_make1(scanjoin_target);
    1692      493774 :             scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1693             :         }
    1694             : 
    1695             :         /* Apply scan/join target. */
    1696      502514 :         scanjoin_target_same_exprs = list_length(scanjoin_targets) == 1
    1697      502514 :             && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
    1698      502514 :         apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, current_rel, scanjoin_targets,
    1699             :                                        scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    1700             :                                        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    1701             :                                        scanjoin_target_same_exprs);
    1702             : 
    1703             :         /*
    1704             :          * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
    1705             :          * root->upper_targets[].  The core code doesn't use this, but it
    1706             :          * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info.  For
    1707             :          * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
    1708             :          * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
    1709             :          */
    1710      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
    1711      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
    1712      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1713      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1714      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
    1715      502514 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
    1716             : 
    1717             :         /*
    1718             :          * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
    1719             :          * that.  We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
    1720             :          * phase.
    1721             :          */
    1722      502514 :         if (have_grouping)
    1723             :         {
    1724       39814 :             current_rel = create_grouping_paths(root,
    1725             :                                                 current_rel,
    1726             :                                                 grouping_target,
    1727             :                                                 grouping_target_parallel_safe,
    1728             :                                                 gset_data);
    1729             :             /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
    1730       39808 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1731         400 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1732             :                                       grouping_targets,
    1733             :                                       grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1734             :         }
    1735             : 
    1736             :         /*
    1737             :          * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those.  We
    1738             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1739             :          */
    1740      502508 :         if (activeWindows)
    1741             :         {
    1742        2336 :             current_rel = create_window_paths(root,
    1743             :                                               current_rel,
    1744             :                                               grouping_target,
    1745             :                                               sort_input_target,
    1746             :                                               sort_input_target_parallel_safe,
    1747             :                                               wflists,
    1748             :                                               activeWindows);
    1749             :             /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
    1750        2336 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1751          12 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1752             :                                       sort_input_targets,
    1753             :                                       sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1754             :         }
    1755             : 
    1756             :         /*
    1757             :          * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
    1758             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1759             :          */
    1760      502508 :         if (parse->distinctClause)
    1761             :         {
    1762        2418 :             current_rel = create_distinct_paths(root,
    1763             :                                                 current_rel,
    1764             :                                                 sort_input_target);
    1765             :         }
    1766             :     }                           /* end of if (setOperations) */
    1767             : 
    1768             :     /*
    1769             :      * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
    1770             :      * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
    1771             :      * project the correct final_target.  We can apply the original
    1772             :      * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
    1773             :      * postponed SRFs.
    1774             :      */
    1775      508004 :     if (parse->sortClause)
    1776             :     {
    1777       63276 :         current_rel = create_ordered_paths(root,
    1778             :                                            current_rel,
    1779             :                                            final_target,
    1780             :                                            final_target_parallel_safe,
    1781             :                                            have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
    1782             :                                            limit_tuples);
    1783             :         /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
    1784       63276 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1785         196 :             adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1786             :                                   final_targets,
    1787             :                                   final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1788             :     }
    1789             : 
    1790             :     /*
    1791             :      * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
    1792             :      */
    1793      508004 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1794             : 
    1795             :     /*
    1796             :      * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
    1797             :      * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
    1798             :      * consider_parallel as well.  Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
    1799             :      * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
    1800             :      * query.
    1801             :      */
    1802      662272 :     if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
    1803      308512 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
    1804      154244 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
    1805      154238 :         final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    1806             : 
    1807             :     /*
    1808             :      * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
    1809             :      */
    1810      508004 :     final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
    1811      508004 :     final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
    1812      508004 :     final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
    1813      508004 :     final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
    1814             : 
    1815             :     /*
    1816             :      * Generate paths for the final_rel.  Insert all surviving paths, with
    1817             :      * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
    1818             :      */
    1819     1032458 :     foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
    1820             :     {
    1821      524454 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    1822             : 
    1823             :         /*
    1824             :          * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
    1825             :          * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
    1826             :          * here.  If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
    1827             :          * handled by the ModifyTable node instead.  However, root->rowMarks
    1828             :          * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
    1829             :          */
    1830      524454 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1831             :         {
    1832        8292 :             path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1833             :                                                  root->rowMarks,
    1834             :                                                  assign_special_exec_param(root));
    1835             :         }
    1836             : 
    1837             :         /*
    1838             :          * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
    1839             :          */
    1840      524454 :         if (limit_needed(parse))
    1841             :         {
    1842        5682 :             path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1843             :                                               parse->limitOffset,
    1844             :                                               parse->limitCount,
    1845             :                                               parse->limitOption,
    1846             :                                               offset_est, count_est);
    1847             :         }
    1848             : 
    1849             :         /*
    1850             :          * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
    1851             :          */
    1852      524454 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
    1853             :         {
    1854             :             Index       rootRelation;
    1855       90928 :             List       *resultRelations = NIL;
    1856       90928 :             List       *updateColnosLists = NIL;
    1857       90928 :             List       *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
    1858       90928 :             List       *returningLists = NIL;
    1859       90928 :             List       *mergeActionLists = NIL;
    1860       90928 :             List       *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
    1861             :             List       *rowMarks;
    1862             : 
    1863       90928 :             if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
    1864             :             {
    1865             :                 /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
    1866        2714 :                 RelOptInfo *top_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    1867             :                                                            parse->resultRelation);
    1868        2714 :                 int         resultRelation = -1;
    1869             : 
    1870             :                 /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
    1871        2714 :                 rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
    1872             : 
    1873             :                 /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
    1874        7846 :                 while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
    1875             :                                                          resultRelation)) >= 0)
    1876             :                 {
    1877        5132 :                     RelOptInfo *this_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    1878             :                                                                 resultRelation);
    1879             : 
    1880             :                     /*
    1881             :                      * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
    1882             :                      * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
    1883             :                      * by constraint exclusion.
    1884             :                      */
    1885        5132 :                     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(this_result_rel))
    1886          84 :                         continue;
    1887             : 
    1888             :                     /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
    1889        5048 :                     resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
    1890             :                                                   resultRelation);
    1891        5048 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    1892             :                     {
    1893        3570 :                         List       *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
    1894             : 
    1895        3570 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    1896             :                             update_colnos =
    1897        3570 :                                 adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    1898             :                                                                     update_colnos,
    1899             :                                                                     this_result_rel->relid,
    1900             :                                                                     top_result_rel->relid);
    1901        3570 :                         updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
    1902             :                                                     update_colnos);
    1903             :                     }
    1904        5048 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    1905             :                     {
    1906         426 :                         List       *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
    1907             : 
    1908         426 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    1909             :                             withCheckOptions = (List *)
    1910         426 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    1911             :                                                                   (Node *) withCheckOptions,
    1912             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    1913             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    1914         426 :                         withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
    1915             :                                                        withCheckOptions);
    1916             :                     }
    1917        5048 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    1918             :                     {
    1919         690 :                         List       *returningList = parse->returningList;
    1920             : 
    1921         690 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    1922             :                             returningList = (List *)
    1923         690 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    1924             :                                                                   (Node *) returningList,
    1925             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    1926             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    1927         690 :                         returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
    1928             :                                                  returningList);
    1929             :                     }
    1930        5048 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    1931             :                     {
    1932             :                         ListCell   *l;
    1933         390 :                         List       *mergeActionList = NIL;
    1934             : 
    1935             :                         /*
    1936             :                          * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
    1937             :                          * references attribute numbers.
    1938             :                          */
    1939        1344 :                         foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
    1940             :                         {
    1941         954 :                             MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
    1942         954 :                                        *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
    1943             : 
    1944         954 :                             leaf_action->qual =
    1945         954 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    1946             :                                                                   (Node *) action->qual,
    1947             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    1948             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    1949         954 :                             leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
    1950         954 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    1951         954 :                                                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
    1952             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    1953             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    1954         954 :                             if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    1955         592 :                                 leaf_action->updateColnos =
    1956         592 :                                     adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    1957             :                                                                         action->updateColnos,
    1958             :                                                                         this_result_rel->relid,
    1959             :                                                                         top_result_rel->relid);
    1960         954 :                             mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
    1961             :                                                       leaf_action);
    1962             :                         }
    1963             : 
    1964         390 :                         mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
    1965             :                                                    mergeActionList);
    1966             :                     }
    1967        5048 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    1968             :                     {
    1969         390 :                         Node       *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
    1970             : 
    1971         390 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    1972             :                             mergeJoinCondition =
    1973         390 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    1974             :                                                                   mergeJoinCondition,
    1975             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    1976             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    1977         390 :                         mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
    1978             :                                                       mergeJoinCondition);
    1979             :                     }
    1980             :                 }
    1981             : 
    1982        2714 :                 if (resultRelations == NIL)
    1983             :                 {
    1984             :                     /*
    1985             :                      * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
    1986             :                      * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
    1987             :                      * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
    1988             :                      * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
    1989             :                      * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
    1990             :                      * that any statement triggers will be executed.  (This
    1991             :                      * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
    1992             :                      * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
    1993             :                      * net win.)
    1994             :                      */
    1995          30 :                     resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    1996          30 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    1997          30 :                         updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    1998          30 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    1999           0 :                         withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2000          30 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    2001          18 :                         returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2002          30 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2003           0 :                         mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2004          30 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2005           0 :                         mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2006             :                 }
    2007             :             }
    2008             :             else
    2009             :             {
    2010             :                 /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
    2011       88214 :                 rootRelation = 0;   /* there's no separate root rel */
    2012       88214 :                 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    2013       88214 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2014       11348 :                     updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    2015       88214 :                 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2016         908 :                     withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2017       88214 :                 if (parse->returningList)
    2018        2338 :                     returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2019       88214 :                 if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2020        1602 :                     mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2021       88214 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2022        1602 :                     mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2023             :             }
    2024             : 
    2025             :             /*
    2026             :              * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
    2027             :              * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
    2028             :              * need to have ModifyTable do that.
    2029             :              */
    2030       90928 :             if (parse->rowMarks)
    2031           0 :                 rowMarks = NIL;
    2032             :             else
    2033       90928 :                 rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
    2034             : 
    2035             :             path = (Path *)
    2036       90928 :                 create_modifytable_path(root, final_rel,
    2037             :                                         path,
    2038             :                                         parse->commandType,
    2039       90928 :                                         parse->canSetTag,
    2040       90928 :                                         parse->resultRelation,
    2041             :                                         rootRelation,
    2042       90928 :                                         root->partColsUpdated,
    2043             :                                         resultRelations,
    2044             :                                         updateColnosLists,
    2045             :                                         withCheckOptionLists,
    2046             :                                         returningLists,
    2047             :                                         rowMarks,
    2048             :                                         parse->onConflict,
    2049             :                                         mergeActionLists,
    2050             :                                         mergeJoinConditions,
    2051             :                                         assign_special_exec_param(root));
    2052             :         }
    2053             : 
    2054             :         /* And shove it into final_rel */
    2055      524454 :         add_path(final_rel, path);
    2056             :     }
    2057             : 
    2058             :     /*
    2059             :      * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
    2060             :      * be able to make use of them.
    2061             :      */
    2062      508004 :     if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
    2063       19404 :         !limit_needed(parse))
    2064             :     {
    2065             :         Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    2066       19350 :         foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
    2067             :         {
    2068         102 :             Path       *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2069             : 
    2070         102 :             add_partial_path(final_rel, partial_path);
    2071             :         }
    2072             :     }
    2073             : 
    2074      508004 :     extra.limit_needed = limit_needed(parse);
    2075      508004 :     extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    2076      508004 :     extra.count_est = count_est;
    2077      508004 :     extra.offset_est = offset_est;
    2078             : 
    2079             :     /*
    2080             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    2081             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    2082             :      */
    2083      508004 :     if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
    2084        1248 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    2085        1180 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2086             :                                                     current_rel, final_rel,
    2087             :                                                     &extra);
    2088             : 
    2089             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    2090      508004 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    2091           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2092             :                                     current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
    2093             : 
    2094             :     /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
    2095      508004 : }
    2096             : 
    2097             : /*
    2098             :  * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.  This handles the
    2099             :  * preliminary steps of expanding the grouping sets, organizing them into lists
    2100             :  * of rollups, and preparing annotations which will later be filled in with
    2101             :  * size estimates.
    2102             :  */
    2103             : static grouping_sets_data *
    2104         854 : preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
    2105             : {
    2106         854 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2107             :     List       *sets;
    2108         854 :     int         maxref = 0;
    2109             :     ListCell   *lc_set;
    2110         854 :     grouping_sets_data *gd = palloc0(sizeof(grouping_sets_data));
    2111             : 
    2112         854 :     parse->groupingSets = expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
    2113             : 
    2114         854 :     gd->any_hashable = false;
    2115         854 :     gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
    2116         854 :     gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
    2117         854 :     gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
    2118             : 
    2119             :     /*
    2120             :      * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
    2121             :      * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
    2122             :      */
    2123         854 :     root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
    2124             : 
    2125         854 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    2126             :     {
    2127             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2128             : 
    2129        2576 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
    2130             :         {
    2131        1764 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2132        1764 :             Index       ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
    2133             : 
    2134        1764 :             if (ref > maxref)
    2135        1728 :                 maxref = ref;
    2136             : 
    2137        1764 :             if (!gc->hashable)
    2138          30 :                 gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
    2139             : 
    2140        1764 :             if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
    2141          42 :                 gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
    2142             :         }
    2143             :     }
    2144             : 
    2145             :     /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
    2146         854 :     gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
    2147             : 
    2148             :     /*
    2149             :      * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
    2150             :      * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
    2151             :      * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
    2152             :      * here.
    2153             :      */
    2154         854 :     if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
    2155             :     {
    2156          42 :         List       *sortable_sets = NIL;
    2157             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2158             : 
    2159         126 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
    2160             :         {
    2161          90 :             List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    2162             : 
    2163          90 :             if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
    2164             :             {
    2165          48 :                 GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    2166             : 
    2167          48 :                 gs->set = gset;
    2168          48 :                 gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
    2169             : 
    2170             :                 /*
    2171             :                  * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
    2172             :                  * later code assumes this.  Parse analysis only checks that
    2173             :                  * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
    2174             :                  *
    2175             :                  * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
    2176             :                  * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
    2177             :                  */
    2178          48 :                 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
    2179           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    2180             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2181             :                              errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    2182             :                              errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    2183             :             }
    2184             :             else
    2185          42 :                 sortable_sets = lappend(sortable_sets, gset);
    2186             :         }
    2187             : 
    2188          36 :         if (sortable_sets)
    2189          30 :             sets = extract_rollup_sets(sortable_sets);
    2190             :         else
    2191           6 :             sets = NIL;
    2192             :     }
    2193             :     else
    2194         812 :         sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
    2195             : 
    2196        2202 :     foreach(lc_set, sets)
    2197             :     {
    2198        1354 :         List       *current_sets = (List *) lfirst(lc_set);
    2199        1354 :         RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    2200             :         GroupingSetData *gs;
    2201             : 
    2202             :         /*
    2203             :          * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
    2204             :          * order.  If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
    2205             :          * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
    2206             :          * don't bother with that.
    2207             :          *
    2208             :          * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
    2209             :          * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
    2210             :          * though the data will be filled in later.
    2211             :          */
    2212        1354 :         current_sets = reorder_grouping_sets(current_sets,
    2213        1354 :                                              (list_length(sets) == 1
    2214             :                                               ? parse->sortClause
    2215             :                                               : NIL));
    2216             : 
    2217             :         /*
    2218             :          * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
    2219             :          */
    2220        1354 :         gs = linitial_node(GroupingSetData, current_sets);
    2221             : 
    2222             :         /*
    2223             :          * Order the groupClause appropriately.  If the first grouping set is
    2224             :          * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
    2225             :          * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
    2226             :          *
    2227             :          * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
    2228             :          * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
    2229             :          * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
    2230             :          */
    2231        1354 :         if (gs->set)
    2232        1312 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    2233             :         else
    2234          42 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    2235             : 
    2236             :         /*
    2237             :          * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
    2238             :          * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
    2239             :          * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
    2240             :          * anything).
    2241             :          */
    2242        1354 :         if (gs->set &&
    2243        1312 :             !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
    2244             :         {
    2245        1288 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    2246        1288 :             gd->any_hashable = true;
    2247             :         }
    2248             : 
    2249             :         /*
    2250             :          * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
    2251             :          * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
    2252             :          * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
    2253             :          * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
    2254             :          * original form for later use, though.
    2255             :          */
    2256        1354 :         rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    2257             :                                                  current_sets,
    2258             :                                                  gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2259        1354 :         rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
    2260             : 
    2261        1354 :         gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
    2262             :     }
    2263             : 
    2264         848 :     if (gd->unsortable_sets)
    2265             :     {
    2266             :         /*
    2267             :          * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
    2268             :          * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
    2269             :          * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
    2270             :          */
    2271          36 :         gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
    2272             :                                                      gd->unsortable_sets,
    2273             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2274          36 :         gd->any_hashable = true;
    2275             :     }
    2276             : 
    2277         848 :     return gd;
    2278             : }
    2279             : 
    2280             : /*
    2281             :  * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
    2282             :  * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
    2283             :  */
    2284             : static List *
    2285        3972 : remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause,
    2286             :                          List *gsets,
    2287             :                          int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
    2288             : {
    2289        3972 :     int         ref = 0;
    2290        3972 :     List       *result = NIL;
    2291             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2292             : 
    2293        9808 :     foreach(lc, groupClause)
    2294             :     {
    2295        5836 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2296             : 
    2297        5836 :         tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
    2298             :     }
    2299             : 
    2300        9246 :     foreach(lc, gsets)
    2301             :     {
    2302        5274 :         List       *set = NIL;
    2303             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    2304        5274 :         GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    2305             : 
    2306       11948 :         foreach(lc2, gs->set)
    2307             :         {
    2308        6674 :             set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
    2309             :         }
    2310             : 
    2311        5274 :         result = lappend(result, set);
    2312             :     }
    2313             : 
    2314        3972 :     return result;
    2315             : }
    2316             : 
    2317             : 
    2318             : /*
    2319             :  * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
    2320             :  */
    2321             : static void
    2322      511726 : preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
    2323             : {
    2324      511726 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2325             :     Bitmapset  *rels;
    2326             :     List       *prowmarks;
    2327             :     ListCell   *l;
    2328             :     int         i;
    2329             : 
    2330      511726 :     if (parse->rowMarks)
    2331             :     {
    2332             :         /*
    2333             :          * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
    2334             :          * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
    2335             :          * CTIDs invalid.  This is also checked at parse time, but that's
    2336             :          * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
    2337             :          */
    2338        7814 :         CheckSelectLocking(parse, linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    2339             :                                                 parse->rowMarks)->strength);
    2340             :     }
    2341             :     else
    2342             :     {
    2343             :         /*
    2344             :          * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
    2345             :          * UPDATE/SHARE.
    2346             :          */
    2347      503912 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
    2348      490598 :             parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
    2349      486224 :             parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
    2350      484466 :             return;
    2351             :     }
    2352             : 
    2353             :     /*
    2354             :      * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
    2355             :      * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
    2356             :      * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
    2357             :      */
    2358       27260 :     rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
    2359       27260 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
    2360       19446 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
    2361             : 
    2362             :     /*
    2363             :      * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
    2364             :      */
    2365       27260 :     prowmarks = NIL;
    2366       35330 :     foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
    2367             :     {
    2368        8070 :         RowMarkClause *rc = lfirst_node(RowMarkClause, l);
    2369        8070 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
    2370             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2371             : 
    2372             :         /*
    2373             :          * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
    2374             :          * applied to an update/delete target rel.  If that ever becomes
    2375             :          * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
    2376             :          */
    2377             :         Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
    2378             : 
    2379             :         /*
    2380             :          * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
    2381             :          * can't support true locking.  Subqueries that got flattened into the
    2382             :          * main query should be ignored completely.  Any that didn't will get
    2383             :          * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
    2384             :          */
    2385        8070 :         if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2386         108 :             continue;
    2387             : 
    2388        7962 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
    2389             : 
    2390        7962 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2391        7962 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
    2392        7962 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2393        7962 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
    2394        7962 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2395        7962 :         newrc->strength = rc->strength;
    2396        7962 :         newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
    2397        7962 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2398             : 
    2399        7962 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2400             :     }
    2401             : 
    2402             :     /*
    2403             :      * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
    2404             :      */
    2405       27260 :     i = 0;
    2406       65336 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    2407             :     {
    2408       38076 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    2409             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2410             : 
    2411       38076 :         i++;
    2412       38076 :         if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
    2413       34526 :             continue;
    2414             : 
    2415        3550 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2416        3550 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
    2417        3550 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2418        3550 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
    2419        3550 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2420        3550 :         newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
    2421        3550 :         newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock;   /* doesn't matter */
    2422        3550 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2423             : 
    2424        3550 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2425             :     }
    2426             : 
    2427       27260 :     root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
    2428             : }
    2429             : 
    2430             : /*
    2431             :  * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
    2432             :  */
    2433             : RowMarkType
    2434       13868 : select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
    2435             : {
    2436       13868 :     if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2437             :     {
    2438             :         /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
    2439        1384 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2440             :     }
    2441       12484 :     else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    2442             :     {
    2443             :         /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
    2444         200 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
    2445             : 
    2446         200 :         if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
    2447           0 :             return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
    2448             :         /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
    2449         200 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2450             :     }
    2451             :     else
    2452             :     {
    2453             :         /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
    2454       12284 :         switch (strength)
    2455             :         {
    2456        2396 :             case LCS_NONE:
    2457             : 
    2458             :                 /*
    2459             :                  * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
    2460             :                  * the row.
    2461             :                  */
    2462        2396 :                 return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
    2463             :                 break;
    2464        8014 :             case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
    2465        8014 :                 return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
    2466             :                 break;
    2467         300 :             case LCS_FORSHARE:
    2468         300 :                 return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
    2469             :                 break;
    2470          72 :             case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
    2471          72 :                 return ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE;
    2472             :                 break;
    2473        1502 :             case LCS_FORUPDATE:
    2474        1502 :                 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
    2475             :                 break;
    2476             :         }
    2477           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
    2478             :         return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;  /* keep compiler quiet */
    2479             :     }
    2480             : }
    2481             : 
    2482             : /*
    2483             :  * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
    2484             :  *
    2485             :  * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
    2486             :  * results back in *count_est and *offset_est.  These variables are set to
    2487             :  * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
    2488             :  * but we couldn't estimate the value for it.  (The "0" convention is OK
    2489             :  * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
    2490             :  * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1.  But this is in line with the planner's
    2491             :  * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.)  These values will
    2492             :  * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
    2493             :  *
    2494             :  * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
    2495             :  * planning the query.  This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
    2496             :  * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
    2497             :  * about context.
    2498             :  */
    2499             : static double
    2500        4714 : preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    2501             :                  int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
    2502             : {
    2503        4714 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2504             :     Node       *est;
    2505             :     double      limit_fraction;
    2506             : 
    2507             :     /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
    2508             :     Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
    2509             : 
    2510             :     /*
    2511             :      * Try to obtain the clause values.  We use estimate_expression_value
    2512             :      * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
    2513             :      */
    2514        4714 :     if (parse->limitCount)
    2515             :     {
    2516        4268 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
    2517        4268 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2518             :         {
    2519        4262 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2520             :             {
    2521             :                 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2522           0 :                 *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
    2523             :             }
    2524             :             else
    2525             :             {
    2526        4262 :                 *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2527        4262 :                 if (*count_est <= 0)
    2528         150 :                     *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
    2529             :             }
    2530             :         }
    2531             :         else
    2532           6 :             *count_est = -1;    /* can't estimate */
    2533             :     }
    2534             :     else
    2535         446 :         *count_est = 0;         /* not present */
    2536             : 
    2537        4714 :     if (parse->limitOffset)
    2538             :     {
    2539         806 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
    2540         806 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2541             :         {
    2542         782 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2543             :             {
    2544             :                 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
    2545           0 :                 *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2546             :             }
    2547             :             else
    2548             :             {
    2549         782 :                 *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2550         782 :                 if (*offset_est < 0)
    2551           0 :                     *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2552             :             }
    2553             :         }
    2554             :         else
    2555          24 :             *offset_est = -1;   /* can't estimate */
    2556             :     }
    2557             :     else
    2558        3908 :         *offset_est = 0;        /* not present */
    2559             : 
    2560        4714 :     if (*count_est != 0)
    2561             :     {
    2562             :         /*
    2563             :          * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
    2564             :          * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
    2565             :          * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
    2566             :          */
    2567        4268 :         if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
    2568             :         {
    2569             :             /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
    2570          24 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2571             :         }
    2572             :         else
    2573             :         {
    2574             :             /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
    2575        4244 :             limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
    2576             :         }
    2577             : 
    2578             :         /*
    2579             :          * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
    2580             :          * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2581             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
    2582             :          * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
    2583             :          * be smaller.
    2584             :          */
    2585        4268 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2586             :         {
    2587           6 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2588             :             {
    2589             :                 /* both absolute */
    2590           6 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2591             :             }
    2592             :             else
    2593             :             {
    2594             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
    2595             :             }
    2596             :         }
    2597        4262 :         else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2598             :         {
    2599         146 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2600             :             {
    2601             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
    2602         146 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2603             :             }
    2604             :             else
    2605             :             {
    2606             :                 /* both fractional */
    2607           0 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2608             :             }
    2609             :         }
    2610             :         else
    2611             :         {
    2612             :             /* no info from caller, just use limit */
    2613        4116 :             tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2614             :         }
    2615             :     }
    2616         446 :     else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2617             :     {
    2618             :         /*
    2619             :          * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT.  This acts entirely differently
    2620             :          * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
    2621             :          * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
    2622             :          * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer.  This only matters if we got
    2623             :          * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
    2624             :          *
    2625             :          * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
    2626             :          */
    2627          12 :         if (*offset_est < 0)
    2628           0 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2629             :         else
    2630          12 :             limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
    2631             : 
    2632             :         /*
    2633             :          * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
    2634             :          * together; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2635             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
    2636             :          * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
    2637             :          */
    2638          12 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2639             :         {
    2640           0 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2641             :             {
    2642             :                 /* both absolute, so add them together */
    2643           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2644             :             }
    2645             :             else
    2646             :             {
    2647             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
    2648           0 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2649             :             }
    2650             :         }
    2651             :         else
    2652             :         {
    2653          12 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2654             :             {
    2655             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
    2656             :             }
    2657             :             else
    2658             :             {
    2659             :                 /* both fractional, so add them together */
    2660           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2661           0 :                 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2662           0 :                     tuple_fraction = 0.0;   /* assume fetch all */
    2663             :             }
    2664             :         }
    2665             :     }
    2666             : 
    2667        4714 :     return tuple_fraction;
    2668             : }
    2669             : 
    2670             : /*
    2671             :  * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
    2672             :  *
    2673             :  * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
    2674             :  * a Limit node.  This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
    2675             :  * locution for an optimization fence.  (Because other places in the planner
    2676             :  * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
    2677             :  * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
    2678             :  * overhead.)
    2679             :  *
    2680             :  * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
    2681             :  * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
    2682             :  * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
    2683             :  */
    2684             : bool
    2685     1058502 : limit_needed(Query *parse)
    2686             : {
    2687             :     Node       *node;
    2688             : 
    2689     1058502 :     node = parse->limitCount;
    2690     1058502 :     if (node)
    2691             :     {
    2692       10228 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2693             :         {
    2694             :             /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2695       10034 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2696       10034 :                 return true;    /* LIMIT with a constant value */
    2697             :         }
    2698             :         else
    2699         194 :             return true;        /* non-constant LIMIT */
    2700             :     }
    2701             : 
    2702     1048274 :     node = parse->limitOffset;
    2703     1048274 :     if (node)
    2704             :     {
    2705        1310 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2706             :         {
    2707             :             /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
    2708        1044 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2709             :             {
    2710        1044 :                 int64       offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
    2711             : 
    2712        1044 :                 if (offset != 0)
    2713          84 :                     return true;    /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
    2714             :             }
    2715             :         }
    2716             :         else
    2717         266 :             return true;        /* non-constant OFFSET */
    2718             :     }
    2719             : 
    2720     1047924 :     return false;               /* don't need a Limit plan node */
    2721             : }
    2722             : 
    2723             : /*
    2724             :  * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
    2725             :  *
    2726             :  * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
    2727             :  * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
    2728             :  * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
    2729             :  * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
    2730             :  * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
    2731             :  * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
    2732             :  *
    2733             :  * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
    2734             :  * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
    2735             :  * thereby reduce cost.  This is implemented during the generation of grouping
    2736             :  * paths.  See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
    2737             :  *
    2738             :  * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
    2739             :  * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
    2740             :  *
    2741             :  * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
    2742             :  * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause.  This is important
    2743             :  * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
    2744             :  *
    2745             :  * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
    2746             :  * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
    2747             :  * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
    2748             :  * possible is done elsewhere.
    2749             :  */
    2750             : static List *
    2751        7488 : preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
    2752             : {
    2753        7488 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2754        7488 :     List       *new_groupclause = NIL;
    2755             :     ListCell   *sl;
    2756             :     ListCell   *gl;
    2757             : 
    2758             :     /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
    2759        7488 :     if (force)
    2760             :     {
    2761        9652 :         foreach(sl, force)
    2762             :         {
    2763        5758 :             Index       ref = lfirst_int(sl);
    2764        5758 :             SortGroupClause *cl = get_sortgroupref_clause(ref, parse->groupClause);
    2765             : 
    2766        5758 :             new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, cl);
    2767             :         }
    2768             : 
    2769        3894 :         return new_groupclause;
    2770             :     }
    2771             : 
    2772             :     /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
    2773        3594 :     if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
    2774        2014 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2775             : 
    2776             :     /*
    2777             :      * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
    2778             :      * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
    2779             :      *
    2780             :      * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
    2781             :      */
    2782        3066 :     foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
    2783             :     {
    2784        2132 :         SortGroupClause *sc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, sl);
    2785             : 
    2786        3228 :         foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2787             :         {
    2788        2582 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2789             : 
    2790        2582 :             if (equal(gc, sc))
    2791             :             {
    2792        1486 :                 new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2793        1486 :                 break;
    2794             :             }
    2795             :         }
    2796        2132 :         if (gl == NULL)
    2797         646 :             break;              /* no match, so stop scanning */
    2798             :     }
    2799             : 
    2800             : 
    2801             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
    2802        1580 :     if (new_groupclause == NIL)
    2803         298 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2804             : 
    2805             :     /*
    2806             :      * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list.  We don't require a
    2807             :      * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
    2808             :      * implemented using incremental sort.  Also, give up if there are any
    2809             :      * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
    2810             :      */
    2811        2934 :     foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2812             :     {
    2813        1652 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2814             : 
    2815        1652 :         if (list_member_ptr(new_groupclause, gc))
    2816        1486 :             continue;           /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
    2817         166 :         if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
    2818           0 :             return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2819         166 :         new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2820             :     }
    2821             : 
    2822             :     /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
    2823             :     Assert(list_length(parse->groupClause) == list_length(new_groupclause));
    2824        1282 :     return new_groupclause;
    2825             : }
    2826             : 
    2827             : /*
    2828             :  * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
    2829             :  * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
    2830             :  *
    2831             :  * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
    2832             :  * sorted with smallest sets first.
    2833             :  *
    2834             :  * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
    2835             :  * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
    2836             :  * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
    2837             :  * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
    2838             :  * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
    2839             :  * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
    2840             :  * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
    2841             :  * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
    2842             :  * heuristic or approximate methods.  (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
    2843             :  * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
    2844             :  * on.)
    2845             :  */
    2846             : static List *
    2847         842 : extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
    2848             : {
    2849         842 :     int         num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
    2850         842 :     int         num_empty = 0;
    2851         842 :     int         num_sets = 0;   /* distinct sets */
    2852         842 :     int         num_chains = 0;
    2853         842 :     List       *result = NIL;
    2854             :     List      **results;
    2855             :     List      **orig_sets;
    2856             :     Bitmapset **set_masks;
    2857             :     int        *chains;
    2858             :     short     **adjacency;
    2859             :     short      *adjacency_buf;
    2860             :     BipartiteMatchState *state;
    2861             :     int         i;
    2862             :     int         j;
    2863             :     int         j_size;
    2864         842 :     ListCell   *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
    2865             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2866             : 
    2867             :     /*
    2868             :      * Start by stripping out empty sets.  The algorithm doesn't require this,
    2869             :      * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
    2870             :      * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
    2871             :      */
    2872        1452 :     while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
    2873             :     {
    2874         610 :         ++num_empty;
    2875         610 :         lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
    2876             :     }
    2877             : 
    2878             :     /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
    2879         842 :     if (!lc1)
    2880          42 :         return list_make1(groupingSets);
    2881             : 
    2882             :     /*----------
    2883             :      * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
    2884             :      * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
    2885             :      * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
    2886             :      * So we remove them here and add them back after.
    2887             :      *
    2888             :      * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
    2889             :      *
    2890             :      * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
    2891             :      * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
    2892             :      * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
    2893             :      *
    2894             :      * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
    2895             :      *
    2896             :      * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
    2897             :      * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
    2898             :      *----------
    2899             :      */
    2900         800 :     orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    2901         800 :     set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
    2902         800 :     adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
    2903         800 :     adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
    2904             : 
    2905         800 :     j_size = 0;
    2906         800 :     j = 0;
    2907         800 :     i = 1;
    2908             : 
    2909        2840 :     for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
    2910             :     {
    2911        2040 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    2912        2040 :         Bitmapset  *candidate_set = NULL;
    2913             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    2914        2040 :         int         dup_of = 0;
    2915             : 
    2916        4974 :         foreach(lc2, candidate)
    2917             :         {
    2918        2934 :             candidate_set = bms_add_member(candidate_set, lfirst_int(lc2));
    2919             :         }
    2920             : 
    2921             :         /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
    2922        2040 :         if (j_size == list_length(candidate))
    2923             :         {
    2924             :             int         k;
    2925             : 
    2926        1712 :             for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
    2927             :             {
    2928        1104 :                 if (bms_equal(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    2929             :                 {
    2930         158 :                     dup_of = k;
    2931         158 :                     break;
    2932             :                 }
    2933             :             }
    2934             :         }
    2935        1274 :         else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
    2936             :         {
    2937        1274 :             j_size = list_length(candidate);
    2938        1274 :             j = i;
    2939             :         }
    2940             : 
    2941        2040 :         if (dup_of > 0)
    2942             :         {
    2943         158 :             orig_sets[dup_of] = lappend(orig_sets[dup_of], candidate);
    2944         158 :             bms_free(candidate_set);
    2945             :         }
    2946             :         else
    2947             :         {
    2948             :             int         k;
    2949        1882 :             int         n_adj = 0;
    2950             : 
    2951        1882 :             orig_sets[i] = list_make1(candidate);
    2952        1882 :             set_masks[i] = candidate_set;
    2953             : 
    2954             :             /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
    2955             : 
    2956        3154 :             for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
    2957             :             {
    2958        1272 :                 if (bms_is_subset(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    2959        1110 :                     adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
    2960             :             }
    2961             : 
    2962        1882 :             if (n_adj > 0)
    2963             :             {
    2964         598 :                 adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
    2965         598 :                 adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    2966         598 :                 memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    2967             :             }
    2968             :             else
    2969        1284 :                 adjacency[i] = NULL;
    2970             : 
    2971        1882 :             ++i;
    2972             :         }
    2973             :     }
    2974             : 
    2975         800 :     num_sets = i - 1;
    2976             : 
    2977             :     /*
    2978             :      * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
    2979             :      */
    2980         800 :     state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
    2981             : 
    2982             :     /*
    2983             :      * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
    2984             :      * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
    2985             :      * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
    2986             :      * it in one pass)
    2987             :      */
    2988         800 :     chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
    2989             : 
    2990        2682 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    2991             :     {
    2992        1882 :         int         u = state->pair_vu[i];
    2993        1882 :         int         v = state->pair_uv[i];
    2994             : 
    2995        1882 :         if (u > 0 && u < i)
    2996           0 :             chains[i] = chains[u];
    2997        1882 :         else if (v > 0 && v < i)
    2998         570 :             chains[i] = chains[v];
    2999             :         else
    3000        1312 :             chains[i] = ++num_chains;
    3001             :     }
    3002             : 
    3003             :     /* build result lists. */
    3004         800 :     results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    3005             : 
    3006        2682 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3007             :     {
    3008        1882 :         int         c = chains[i];
    3009             : 
    3010             :         Assert(c > 0);
    3011             : 
    3012        1882 :         results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
    3013             :     }
    3014             : 
    3015             :     /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
    3016        1320 :     while (num_empty-- > 0)
    3017         520 :         results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
    3018             : 
    3019             :     /* make result list */
    3020        2112 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
    3021        1312 :         result = lappend(result, results[i]);
    3022             : 
    3023             :     /*
    3024             :      * Free all the things.
    3025             :      *
    3026             :      * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
    3027             :      * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
    3028             :      */
    3029         800 :     BipartiteMatchFree(state);
    3030         800 :     pfree(results);
    3031         800 :     pfree(chains);
    3032        2682 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3033        1882 :         if (adjacency[i])
    3034         598 :             pfree(adjacency[i]);
    3035         800 :     pfree(adjacency);
    3036         800 :     pfree(adjacency_buf);
    3037         800 :     pfree(orig_sets);
    3038        2682 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3039        1882 :         bms_free(set_masks[i]);
    3040         800 :     pfree(set_masks);
    3041             : 
    3042         800 :     return result;
    3043             : }
    3044             : 
    3045             : /*
    3046             :  * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
    3047             :  * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
    3048             :  *
    3049             :  * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
    3050             :  * with largest sets first.  Note that the result shares no list substructure
    3051             :  * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
    3052             :  *
    3053             :  * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
    3054             :  * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
    3055             :  * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
    3056             :  * gets implemented in one pass.)
    3057             :  */
    3058             : static List *
    3059        1354 : reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
    3060             : {
    3061             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3062        1354 :     List       *previous = NIL;
    3063        1354 :     List       *result = NIL;
    3064             : 
    3065        4004 :     foreach(lc, groupingSets)
    3066             :     {
    3067        2650 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3068        2650 :         List       *new_elems = list_difference_int(candidate, previous);
    3069        2650 :         GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    3070             : 
    3071        2814 :         while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
    3072             :                new_elems != NIL)
    3073             :         {
    3074         272 :             SortGroupClause *sc = list_nth(sortclause, list_length(previous));
    3075         272 :             int         ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
    3076             : 
    3077         272 :             if (list_member_int(new_elems, ref))
    3078             :             {
    3079         164 :                 previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
    3080         164 :                 new_elems = list_delete_int(new_elems, ref);
    3081             :             }
    3082             :             else
    3083             :             {
    3084             :                 /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
    3085         108 :                 sortclause = NIL;
    3086         108 :                 break;
    3087             :             }
    3088             :         }
    3089             : 
    3090        2650 :         previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
    3091             : 
    3092        2650 :         gs->set = list_copy(previous);
    3093        2650 :         result = lcons(gs, result);
    3094             :     }
    3095             : 
    3096        1354 :     list_free(previous);
    3097             : 
    3098        1354 :     return result;
    3099             : }
    3100             : 
    3101             : /*
    3102             :  * has_volatile_pathkey
    3103             :  *      Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
    3104             :  *      containing a volatile function.  Otherwise returns false.
    3105             :  */
    3106             : static bool
    3107        2246 : has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
    3108             : {
    3109             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3110             : 
    3111        4648 :     foreach(lc, keys)
    3112             :     {
    3113        2420 :         PathKey    *pathkey = lfirst_node(PathKey, lc);
    3114             : 
    3115        2420 :         if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
    3116          18 :             return true;
    3117             :     }
    3118             : 
    3119        2228 :     return false;
    3120             : }
    3121             : 
    3122             : /*
    3123             :  * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
    3124             :  *      Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
    3125             :  *      pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
    3126             :  *
    3127             :  * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
    3128             :  * aggregate functions.  We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
    3129             :  * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
    3130             :  * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
    3131             :  * same pathkeys.  We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
    3132             :  * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
    3133             :  * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
    3134             :  *
    3135             :  * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
    3136             :  * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
    3137             :  *
    3138             :  * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
    3139             :  * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys.  We want to ensure
    3140             :  * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
    3141             :  * rather than once at the query level.  If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
    3142             :  * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
    3143             :  * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
    3144             :  * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
    3145             :  * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
    3146             :  * left to perform their sorts individually.  To avoid this inconsistent
    3147             :  * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
    3148             :  * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
    3149             :  * their own sorts.
    3150             :  */
    3151             : static void
    3152        1826 : adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
    3153             : {
    3154        1826 :     List       *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3155             :     List       *bestpathkeys;
    3156             :     Bitmapset  *bestaggs;
    3157             :     Bitmapset  *unprocessed_aggs;
    3158             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3159             :     int         i;
    3160             : 
    3161             :     /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
    3162             :     Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
    3163             :     /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
    3164             :     Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
    3165             : 
    3166             :     /* Do nothing if disabled */
    3167        1826 :     if (!enable_presorted_aggregate)
    3168           6 :         return;
    3169             : 
    3170             :     /*
    3171             :      * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
    3172             :      * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
    3173             :      */
    3174        1820 :     unprocessed_aggs = NULL;
    3175        4324 :     foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
    3176             :     {
    3177        2504 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = lfirst_node(AggInfo, lc);
    3178        2504 :         Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3179             : 
    3180        2504 :         if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
    3181         264 :             continue;
    3182             : 
    3183             :         /* only add aggregates with a DISTINCT or ORDER BY */
    3184        2240 :         if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL || aggref->aggorder != NIL)
    3185        1940 :             unprocessed_aggs = bms_add_member(unprocessed_aggs,
    3186             :                                               foreach_current_index(lc));
    3187             :     }
    3188             : 
    3189             :     /*
    3190             :      * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
    3191             :      * for the given set of aggregates.
    3192             :      *
    3193             :      * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty.   We'll populate
    3194             :      * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
    3195             :      * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
    3196             :      * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys.  Once the outer loop is
    3197             :      * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
    3198             :      * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
    3199             :      * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
    3200             :      * aggregates.  The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
    3201             :      * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
    3202             :      * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
    3203             :      */
    3204        1820 :     bestpathkeys = NIL;
    3205        1820 :     bestaggs = NULL;
    3206        3592 :     while (bms_num_members(unprocessed_aggs) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3207             :     {
    3208        1772 :         Bitmapset  *aggindexes = NULL;
    3209        1772 :         List       *currpathkeys = NIL;
    3210             : 
    3211        1772 :         i = -1;
    3212        5790 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
    3213             :         {
    3214        2246 :             AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3215        2246 :             Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3216             :             List       *sortlist;
    3217             :             List       *pathkeys;
    3218             : 
    3219        2246 :             if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
    3220         718 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
    3221             :             else
    3222        1528 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
    3223             : 
    3224        2246 :             pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortlist,
    3225             :                                                      aggref->args);
    3226             : 
    3227             :             /*
    3228             :              * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
    3229             :              * or DISTINCT clause.
    3230             :              */
    3231        2246 :             if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
    3232             :             {
    3233          18 :                 unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_member(unprocessed_aggs, i);
    3234          18 :                 continue;
    3235             :             }
    3236             : 
    3237             :             /*
    3238             :              * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
    3239             :              * aggregate.
    3240             :              */
    3241        2228 :             if (currpathkeys == NIL)
    3242             :             {
    3243        1766 :                 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3244             : 
    3245             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3246        1766 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3247         270 :                     currpathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3248             :                                                    currpathkeys);
    3249             : 
    3250             :                 /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
    3251        1766 :                 aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3252             :             }
    3253             :             else
    3254             :             {
    3255             :                 /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
    3256             : 
    3257             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3258         462 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3259         288 :                     pathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3260             :                                                pathkeys);
    3261             : 
    3262             :                 /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
    3263         462 :                 switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
    3264             :                 {
    3265          12 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
    3266             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
    3267          12 :                         currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3268             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3269             : 
    3270          72 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
    3271             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
    3272             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3273             : 
    3274             :                     case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
    3275             :                         /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
    3276          72 :                         aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3277          72 :                         break;
    3278             : 
    3279         390 :                     case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
    3280         390 :                         break;
    3281             :                 }
    3282        4018 :             }
    3283             :         }
    3284             : 
    3285             :         /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
    3286        1772 :         unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_members(unprocessed_aggs, aggindexes);
    3287             : 
    3288             :         /*
    3289             :          * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
    3290             :          * use these ones as the best set.
    3291             :          */
    3292        1772 :         if (bms_num_members(aggindexes) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3293             :         {
    3294        1664 :             bestaggs = aggindexes;
    3295        1664 :             bestpathkeys = currpathkeys;
    3296             :         }
    3297             :     }
    3298             : 
    3299             :     /*
    3300             :      * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
    3301             :      * the best set of aggregate pathkeys.  Note that bestpathkeys includes
    3302             :      * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
    3303             :      */
    3304        1820 :     if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
    3305        1616 :         root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
    3306             : 
    3307             :     /*
    3308             :      * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
    3309             :      * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
    3310             :      * performing a sort for these Aggrefs.  We're able to do this now as
    3311             :      * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
    3312             :      * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
    3313             :      * of ordered aggregates.
    3314             :      */
    3315        1820 :     i = -1;
    3316        3526 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
    3317             :     {
    3318        1706 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3319             : 
    3320        3430 :         foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
    3321             :         {
    3322        1724 :             Aggref     *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
    3323             : 
    3324        1724 :             aggref->aggpresorted = true;
    3325             :         }
    3326             :     }
    3327             : }
    3328             : 
    3329             : /*
    3330             :  * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
    3331             :  */
    3332             : static void
    3333      502544 : standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
    3334             : {
    3335      502544 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3336      502544 :     standard_qp_extra *qp_extra = (standard_qp_extra *) extra;
    3337      502544 :     List       *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
    3338      502544 :     List       *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
    3339             : 
    3340             :     /*
    3341             :      * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
    3342             :      * aggregate requirements.
    3343             :      */
    3344      502544 :     if (qp_extra->gset_data)
    3345             :     {
    3346             :         /*
    3347             :          * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
    3348             :          * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
    3349             :          * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
    3350             :          * grouping.
    3351             :          */
    3352         848 :         List       *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
    3353         848 :         List       *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
    3354             : 
    3355         848 :         if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
    3356             :         {
    3357             :             bool        sortable;
    3358             : 
    3359             :             /*
    3360             :              * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step.  So if
    3361             :              * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
    3362             :              * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
    3363             :              * for them.
    3364             :              */
    3365         848 :             root->group_pathkeys =
    3366         848 :                 make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3367             :                                                        &groupClause,
    3368             :                                                        tlist,
    3369             :                                                        false,
    3370         848 :                                                        parse->hasGroupRTE,
    3371             :                                                        &sortable,
    3372             :                                                        false);
    3373             :             Assert(sortable);
    3374         848 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3375             :         }
    3376             :         else
    3377             :         {
    3378           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3379           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3380             :         }
    3381             :     }
    3382      501696 :     else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3383        5182 :     {
    3384             :         /*
    3385             :          * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
    3386             :          * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  For example,
    3387             :          * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y".  These aren't
    3388             :          * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect.  Note
    3389             :          * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
    3390             :          * the original parse->groupClause.
    3391             :          */
    3392             :         bool        sortable;
    3393             : 
    3394             :         /*
    3395             :          * Convert group clauses into pathkeys.  Set the ec_sortref field of
    3396             :          * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
    3397             :          */
    3398        5182 :         root->group_pathkeys =
    3399        5182 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3400             :                                                    &root->processed_groupClause,
    3401             :                                                    tlist,
    3402             :                                                    true,
    3403             :                                                    false,
    3404             :                                                    &sortable,
    3405             :                                                    true);
    3406        5182 :         if (!sortable)
    3407             :         {
    3408             :             /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
    3409           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3410           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3411             :         }
    3412             :         else
    3413             :         {
    3414        5182 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3415             :             /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
    3416        5182 :             if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3417        1826 :                 adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(root);
    3418             :         }
    3419             :     }
    3420             :     else
    3421             :     {
    3422      496514 :         root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3423      496514 :         root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3424             :     }
    3425             : 
    3426             :     /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
    3427      502544 :     if (activeWindows != NIL)
    3428             :     {
    3429        2336 :         WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
    3430             : 
    3431        2336 :         root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    3432             :                                                          wc,
    3433             :                                                          tlist);
    3434             :     }
    3435             :     else
    3436      500208 :         root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
    3437             : 
    3438             :     /*
    3439             :      * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
    3440             :      * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  The non-redundant list is
    3441             :      * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
    3442             :      * parse->distinctClause alone.
    3443             :      */
    3444      502544 :     if (parse->distinctClause)
    3445             :     {
    3446             :         bool        sortable;
    3447             : 
    3448             :         /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
    3449        2418 :         root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
    3450        2418 :         root->distinct_pathkeys =
    3451        2418 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3452             :                                                    &root->processed_distinctClause,
    3453             :                                                    tlist,
    3454             :                                                    true,
    3455             :                                                    false,
    3456             :                                                    &sortable,
    3457             :                                                    false);
    3458        2418 :         if (!sortable)
    3459           6 :             root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3460             :     }
    3461             :     else
    3462      500126 :         root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3463             : 
    3464      502544 :     root->sort_pathkeys =
    3465      502544 :         make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    3466             :                                       parse->sortClause,
    3467             :                                       tlist);
    3468             : 
    3469             :     /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
    3470      502544 :     if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
    3471             :     {
    3472             :         List       *groupClauses;
    3473             :         bool        sortable;
    3474             : 
    3475       11528 :         groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
    3476             : 
    3477       11528 :         root->setop_pathkeys =
    3478       11528 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3479             :                                                    &groupClauses,
    3480             :                                                    tlist,
    3481             :                                                    false,
    3482             :                                                    false,
    3483             :                                                    &sortable,
    3484             :                                                    false);
    3485       11528 :         if (!sortable)
    3486         184 :             root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3487             :     }
    3488             :     else
    3489      491016 :         root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3490             : 
    3491             :     /*
    3492             :      * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
    3493             :      *
    3494             :      * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
    3495             :      * properly for grouping.  Otherwise, if we have window functions to
    3496             :      * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window.  Otherwise, if there's a
    3497             :      * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
    3498             :      * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
    3499             :      * DISTINCT.  Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
    3500             :      * by the ORDER BY clause.  Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
    3501             :      * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
    3502             :      * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
    3503             :      *
    3504             :      * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
    3505             :      * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
    3506             :      * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
    3507             :      * all.  Needs more thought.  The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
    3508             :      * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
    3509             :      * superset of the other.
    3510             :      */
    3511      502544 :     if (root->group_pathkeys)
    3512        5704 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3513      496840 :     else if (root->window_pathkeys)
    3514        1994 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
    3515      989692 :     else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
    3516      494846 :              list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    3517        1974 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    3518      492872 :     else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
    3519       57314 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    3520      435558 :     else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
    3521       10144 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
    3522             :     else
    3523      425414 :         root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
    3524      502544 : }
    3525             : 
    3526             : /*
    3527             :  * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
    3528             :  *
    3529             :  * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
    3530             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3531             :  * target_list: target list containing group clause references
    3532             :  *
    3533             :  * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
    3534             :  * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
    3535             :  * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
    3536             :  */
    3537             : static double
    3538       43064 : get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
    3539             :                      double path_rows,
    3540             :                      grouping_sets_data *gd,
    3541             :                      List *target_list)
    3542             : {
    3543       43064 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3544             :     double      dNumGroups;
    3545             : 
    3546       43064 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    3547             :     {
    3548             :         List       *groupExprs;
    3549             : 
    3550        6874 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    3551             :         {
    3552             :             /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
    3553             :             ListCell   *lc;
    3554             : 
    3555             :             Assert(gd);         /* keep Coverity happy */
    3556             : 
    3557         806 :             dNumGroups = 0;
    3558             : 
    3559        2118 :             foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
    3560             :             {
    3561        1312 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    3562             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3563             :                 ListCell   *lc3;
    3564             : 
    3565        1312 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(rollup->groupClause,
    3566             :                                                      target_list);
    3567             : 
    3568        1312 :                 rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
    3569             : 
    3570        3872 :                 forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
    3571             :                 {
    3572        2560 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
    3573        2560 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc3);
    3574        2560 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3575             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3576             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3577             :                                                                 &gset,
    3578             :                                                                 NULL);
    3579             : 
    3580        2560 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3581        2560 :                     rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
    3582             :                 }
    3583             : 
    3584        1312 :                 dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
    3585             :             }
    3586             : 
    3587         806 :             if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
    3588             :             {
    3589             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3590             : 
    3591          36 :                 gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
    3592             : 
    3593          36 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
    3594             :                                                      target_list);
    3595             : 
    3596          78 :                 forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
    3597             :                 {
    3598          42 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3599          42 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc2);
    3600          42 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3601             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3602             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3603             :                                                                 &gset,
    3604             :                                                                 NULL);
    3605             : 
    3606          42 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3607          42 :                     gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
    3608             :                 }
    3609             : 
    3610          36 :                 dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
    3611             :             }
    3612             :         }
    3613             :         else
    3614             :         {
    3615             :             /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
    3616        6068 :             groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
    3617             :                                                  target_list);
    3618             : 
    3619        6068 :             dNumGroups = estimate_num_groups(root, groupExprs, path_rows,
    3620             :                                              NULL, NULL);
    3621             :         }
    3622             :     }
    3623       36190 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    3624             :     {
    3625             :         /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
    3626          42 :         dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    3627             :     }
    3628       36148 :     else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
    3629             :     {
    3630             :         /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
    3631       36148 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3632             :     }
    3633             :     else
    3634             :     {
    3635             :         /* Not grouping */
    3636           0 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3637             :     }
    3638             : 
    3639       43064 :     return dNumGroups;
    3640             : }
    3641             : 
    3642             : /*
    3643             :  * create_grouping_paths
    3644             :  *
    3645             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
    3646             :  * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
    3647             :  * grouped and/or aggregated.  A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
    3648             :  * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation.  Currently,
    3649             :  * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
    3650             :  * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
    3651             :  *
    3652             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    3653             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    3654             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3655             :  *
    3656             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
    3657             :  * by make_group_input_target.
    3658             :  */
    3659             : static RelOptInfo *
    3660       39814 : create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    3661             :                       RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3662             :                       PathTarget *target,
    3663             :                       bool target_parallel_safe,
    3664             :                       grouping_sets_data *gd)
    3665             : {
    3666       39814 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3667             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3668             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    3669             :     AggClauseCosts agg_costs;
    3670             : 
    3671      238884 :     MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    3672       39814 :     get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE, &agg_costs);
    3673             : 
    3674             :     /*
    3675             :      * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    3676             :      * aggregation paths.
    3677             :      */
    3678       39814 :     grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
    3679             :                                     target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
    3680             : 
    3681             :     /*
    3682             :      * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
    3683             :      * grouping, as appropriate.
    3684             :      */
    3685       39814 :     if (is_degenerate_grouping(root))
    3686          18 :         create_degenerate_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel);
    3687             :     else
    3688             :     {
    3689       39796 :         int         flags = 0;
    3690             :         GroupPathExtraData extra;
    3691             : 
    3692             :         /*
    3693             :          * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
    3694             :          * implementations of grouping.  (Note that if processed_groupClause
    3695             :          * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
    3696             :          * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
    3697             :          * consider every surviving input path.)
    3698             :          *
    3699             :          * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
    3700             :          * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
    3701             :          * must consider any sorted-input plan.
    3702             :          */
    3703       39796 :         if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
    3704       38954 :             || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
    3705       39790 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
    3706             : 
    3707             :         /*
    3708             :          * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
    3709             :          * grouping.
    3710             :          *
    3711             :          * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
    3712             :          * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
    3713             :          * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
    3714             :          * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
    3715             :          * with hashes).
    3716             :          *
    3717             :          * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
    3718             :          * BY aggregates.  (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
    3719             :          * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
    3720             :          * either of which seems like a certain loser.)  We similarly don't
    3721             :          * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
    3722             :          * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
    3723             :          *
    3724             :          * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
    3725             :          * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    3726             :          */
    3727       39796 :         if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
    3728        8526 :              root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
    3729        4126 :              (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
    3730        4122 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
    3731             : 
    3732             :         /*
    3733             :          * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
    3734             :          */
    3735       39796 :         if (can_partial_agg(root))
    3736       35708 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
    3737             : 
    3738       39796 :         extra.flags = flags;
    3739       39796 :         extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
    3740       39796 :         extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
    3741       39796 :         extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
    3742       39796 :         extra.partial_costs_set = false;
    3743             : 
    3744             :         /*
    3745             :          * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
    3746             :          * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
    3747             :          * support grouping sets.  create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
    3748             :          * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
    3749             :          */
    3750       39796 :         if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
    3751         556 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    3752             :         else
    3753       39240 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    3754             : 
    3755       39796 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    3756             :                                        &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
    3757             :                                        &partially_grouped_rel);
    3758             :     }
    3759             : 
    3760       39808 :     set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    3761       39808 :     return grouped_rel;
    3762             : }
    3763             : 
    3764             : /*
    3765             :  * make_grouping_rel
    3766             :  *
    3767             :  * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
    3768             :  *
    3769             :  * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
    3770             :  * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
    3771             :  */
    3772             : static RelOptInfo *
    3773       41308 : make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3774             :                   PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
    3775             :                   Node *havingQual)
    3776             : {
    3777             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3778             : 
    3779       41308 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(input_rel))
    3780             :     {
    3781        1494 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    3782             :                                       input_rel->relids);
    3783        1494 :         grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
    3784             :     }
    3785             :     else
    3786             :     {
    3787             :         /*
    3788             :          * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
    3789             :          * NULL.  (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
    3790             :          * elsewhere.)
    3791             :          */
    3792       39814 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG, NULL);
    3793             :     }
    3794             : 
    3795             :     /* Set target. */
    3796       41308 :     grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
    3797             : 
    3798             :     /*
    3799             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
    3800             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    3801             :      * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
    3802             :      */
    3803       71538 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
    3804       30230 :         is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) havingQual))
    3805       30212 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    3806             : 
    3807             :     /*
    3808             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
    3809             :      */
    3810       41308 :     grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    3811       41308 :     grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    3812       41308 :     grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    3813       41308 :     grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    3814             : 
    3815       41308 :     return grouped_rel;
    3816             : }
    3817             : 
    3818             : /*
    3819             :  * is_degenerate_grouping
    3820             :  *
    3821             :  * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
    3822             :  * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
    3823             :  * grouping sets are all empty).
    3824             :  */
    3825             : static bool
    3826       39814 : is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
    3827             : {
    3828       39814 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3829             : 
    3830       38506 :     return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
    3831       78320 :         !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
    3832             : }
    3833             : 
    3834             : /*
    3835             :  * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
    3836             :  *
    3837             :  * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
    3838             :  * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
    3839             :  * whether HAVING succeeds.  Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
    3840             :  * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
    3841             :  * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
    3842             :  * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
    3843             :  * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
    3844             :  * in the first place.
    3845             :  */
    3846             : static void
    3847          18 : create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3848             :                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
    3849             : {
    3850          18 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3851             :     int         nrows;
    3852             :     Path       *path;
    3853             : 
    3854          18 :     nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    3855          18 :     if (nrows > 1)
    3856             :     {
    3857             :         /*
    3858             :          * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
    3859             :          * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
    3860             :          * and append them.  (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
    3861             :          * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
    3862             :          * desired.)
    3863             :          */
    3864           0 :         List       *paths = NIL;
    3865             : 
    3866           0 :         while (--nrows >= 0)
    3867             :         {
    3868             :             path = (Path *)
    3869           0 :                 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    3870           0 :                                          grouped_rel->reltarget,
    3871           0 :                                          (List *) parse->havingQual);
    3872           0 :             paths = lappend(paths, path);
    3873             :         }
    3874             :         path = (Path *)
    3875           0 :             create_append_path(root,
    3876             :                                grouped_rel,
    3877             :                                paths,
    3878             :                                NIL,
    3879             :                                NIL,
    3880             :                                NULL,
    3881             :                                0,
    3882             :                                false,
    3883             :                                -1);
    3884             :     }
    3885             :     else
    3886             :     {
    3887             :         /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
    3888             :         path = (Path *)
    3889          18 :             create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    3890          18 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    3891          18 :                                      (List *) parse->havingQual);
    3892             :     }
    3893             : 
    3894          18 :     add_path(grouped_rel, path);
    3895          18 : }
    3896             : 
    3897             : /*
    3898             :  * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
    3899             :  *
    3900             :  * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
    3901             :  *
    3902             :  * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
    3903             :  * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
    3904             :  * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
    3905             :  * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
    3906             :  *
    3907             :  * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
    3908             :  * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
    3909             :  */
    3910             : static void
    3911       41290 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3912             :                                RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    3913             :                                const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    3914             :                                grouping_sets_data *gd,
    3915             :                                GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    3916             :                                RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
    3917             : {
    3918       41290 :     Path       *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    3919       41290 :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel = NULL;
    3920             :     double      dNumGroups;
    3921       41290 :     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    3922             : 
    3923             :     /*
    3924             :      * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
    3925             :      * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
    3926             :      * it at this level also.  However, if the input relation is not
    3927             :      * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
    3928             :      */
    3929       41290 :     if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
    3930        2050 :         IS_PARTITIONED_REL(input_rel))
    3931             :     {
    3932             :         /*
    3933             :          * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
    3934             :          * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
    3935             :          * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
    3936             :          * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
    3937             :          * BY matches the partitioning collation.  Otherwise, we can do at
    3938             :          * most partial partitionwise aggregation.  But if partial aggregation
    3939             :          * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
    3940             :          * aggregation either.
    3941             :          *
    3942             :          * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
    3943             :          * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
    3944             :          */
    3945        1160 :         if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
    3946         556 :             group_by_has_partkey(input_rel, extra->targetList,
    3947         556 :                                  root->parse->groupClause))
    3948         320 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    3949         284 :         else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    3950         242 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL;
    3951             :         else
    3952          42 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    3953             :     }
    3954             : 
    3955             :     /*
    3956             :      * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
    3957             :      * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
    3958             :      * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
    3959             :      */
    3960       41290 :     if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    3961             :     {
    3962             :         bool        force_rel_creation;
    3963             : 
    3964             :         /*
    3965             :          * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
    3966             :          * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
    3967             :          * paths to it.
    3968             :          */
    3969       37130 :         force_rel_creation = (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL);
    3970             : 
    3971             :         partially_grouped_rel =
    3972       37130 :             create_partial_grouping_paths(root,
    3973             :                                           grouped_rel,
    3974             :                                           input_rel,
    3975             :                                           gd,
    3976             :                                           extra,
    3977             :                                           force_rel_creation);
    3978             :     }
    3979             : 
    3980             :     /* Set out parameter. */
    3981       41290 :     *partially_grouped_rel_p = partially_grouped_rel;
    3982             : 
    3983             :     /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
    3984       41290 :     if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
    3985         562 :         create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    3986             :                                             partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs,
    3987             :                                             gd, patype, extra);
    3988             : 
    3989             :     /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
    3990       41290 :     if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    3991             :     {
    3992             :         Assert(partially_grouped_rel);
    3993             : 
    3994         618 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    3995         618 :             set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    3996             : 
    3997         618 :         return;
    3998             :     }
    3999             : 
    4000             :     /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
    4001       40672 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4002             :     {
    4003        1474 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, partially_grouped_rel);
    4004        1474 :         set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    4005             :     }
    4006             : 
    4007             :     /*
    4008             :      * Estimate number of groups.
    4009             :      */
    4010       40672 :     dNumGroups = get_number_of_groups(root,
    4011             :                                       cheapest_path->rows,
    4012             :                                       gd,
    4013             :                                       extra->targetList);
    4014             : 
    4015             :     /* Build final grouping paths */
    4016       40672 :     add_paths_to_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4017             :                               partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs, gd,
    4018             :                               dNumGroups, extra);
    4019             : 
    4020             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
    4021       40672 :     if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4022           6 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4023             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4024             :                  errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    4025             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4026             : 
    4027             :     /*
    4028             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4029             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4030             :      */
    4031       40666 :     if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4032         332 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4033         332 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4034             :                                                       input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4035             :                                                       extra);
    4036             : 
    4037             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4038       40666 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4039           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4040             :                                     input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4041             :                                     extra);
    4042             : }
    4043             : 
    4044             : /*
    4045             :  * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
    4046             :  * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting.  This can be called multiple
    4047             :  * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input.  No result is
    4048             :  * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
    4049             :  */
    4050             : static void
    4051        1684 : consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4052             :                             RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    4053             :                             Path *path,
    4054             :                             bool is_sorted,
    4055             :                             bool can_hash,
    4056             :                             grouping_sets_data *gd,
    4057             :                             const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    4058             :                             double dNumGroups)
    4059             : {
    4060        1684 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4061        1684 :     Size        hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
    4062             : 
    4063             :     /*
    4064             :      * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
    4065             :      * can be done entirely by hashing.
    4066             :      *
    4067             :      * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
    4068             :      * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
    4069             :      * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
    4070             :      *
    4071             :      * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
    4072             :      * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
    4073             :      */
    4074        1684 :     if (!is_sorted)
    4075             :     {
    4076         770 :         List       *new_rollups = NIL;
    4077         770 :         RollupData *unhashed_rollup = NULL;
    4078             :         List       *sets_data;
    4079         770 :         List       *empty_sets_data = NIL;
    4080         770 :         List       *empty_sets = NIL;
    4081             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4082         770 :         ListCell   *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
    4083         770 :         AggStrategy strat = AGG_HASHED;
    4084             :         double      hashsize;
    4085         770 :         double      exclude_groups = 0.0;
    4086             : 
    4087             :         Assert(can_hash);
    4088             : 
    4089             :         /*
    4090             :          * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
    4091             :          * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
    4092             :          * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
    4093             :          * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
    4094             :          *
    4095             :          * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
    4096             :          * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
    4097             :          * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
    4098             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
    4099             :          *
    4100             :          * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
    4101             :          * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
    4102             :          * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
    4103             :          *
    4104             :          * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
    4105             :          * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
    4106             :          * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
    4107             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
    4108             :          */
    4109        1534 :         if (l_start != NULL &&
    4110         764 :             pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
    4111             :         {
    4112          12 :             unhashed_rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, l_start);
    4113          12 :             exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
    4114          12 :             l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
    4115             :         }
    4116             : 
    4117         770 :         hashsize = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4118             :                                               path,
    4119             :                                               agg_costs,
    4120             :                                               dNumGroups - exclude_groups);
    4121             : 
    4122             :         /*
    4123             :          * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
    4124             :          * with.  Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
    4125             :          * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
    4126             :          */
    4127         770 :         if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
    4128          18 :             return;             /* nope, won't fit */
    4129             : 
    4130             :         /*
    4131             :          * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
    4132             :          * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
    4133             :          */
    4134         752 :         sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4135             : 
    4136        1872 :         for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
    4137             :         {
    4138        1144 :             RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4139             : 
    4140             :             /*
    4141             :              * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
    4142             :              * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
    4143             :              * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
    4144             :              * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
    4145             :              * instead.
    4146             :              *
    4147             :              * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
    4148             :              * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
    4149             :              * specially below.
    4150             :              */
    4151        1144 :             if (!rollup->hashable)
    4152          24 :                 return;
    4153             : 
    4154        1120 :             sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
    4155             :         }
    4156        3054 :         foreach(lc, sets_data)
    4157             :         {
    4158        2326 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4159        2326 :             List       *gset = gs->set;
    4160             :             RollupData *rollup;
    4161             : 
    4162        2326 :             if (gset == NIL)
    4163             :             {
    4164             :                 /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
    4165         484 :                 empty_sets_data = lappend(empty_sets_data, gs);
    4166         484 :                 empty_sets = lappend(empty_sets, NIL);
    4167             :             }
    4168             :             else
    4169             :             {
    4170        1842 :                 rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4171             : 
    4172        1842 :                 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
    4173        1842 :                 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4174        1842 :                 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4175             :                                                          rollup->gsets_data,
    4176             :                                                          gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4177        1842 :                 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4178        1842 :                 rollup->hashable = true;
    4179        1842 :                 rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4180        1842 :                 new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4181             :             }
    4182             :         }
    4183             : 
    4184             :         /*
    4185             :          * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail.  We'll
    4186             :          * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
    4187             :          */
    4188         728 :         if (new_rollups == NIL)
    4189           0 :             return;
    4190             : 
    4191             :         /*
    4192             :          * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
    4193             :          * first rollup.
    4194             :          */
    4195             :         Assert(!unhashed_rollup || !empty_sets);
    4196             : 
    4197         728 :         if (unhashed_rollup)
    4198             :         {
    4199          12 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, unhashed_rollup);
    4200          12 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4201             :         }
    4202         716 :         else if (empty_sets)
    4203             :         {
    4204         436 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4205             : 
    4206         436 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    4207         436 :             rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
    4208         436 :             rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
    4209         436 :             rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
    4210         436 :             rollup->hashable = false;
    4211         436 :             rollup->is_hashed = false;
    4212         436 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4213         436 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4214             :         }
    4215             : 
    4216         728 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4217         728 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4218             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4219             :                                           path,
    4220         728 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4221             :                                           strat,
    4222             :                                           new_rollups,
    4223             :                                           agg_costs));
    4224         728 :         return;
    4225             :     }
    4226             : 
    4227             :     /*
    4228             :      * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
    4229             :      */
    4230         914 :     if (gd->rollups == NIL)
    4231           0 :         return;
    4232             : 
    4233             :     /*
    4234             :      * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
    4235             :      * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
    4236             :      * some columns might not be sortable.)
    4237             :      *
    4238             :      * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
    4239             :      * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
    4240             :      */
    4241         914 :     if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
    4242             :     {
    4243         836 :         List       *rollups = NIL;
    4244         836 :         List       *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4245         836 :         double      availspace = hash_mem_limit;
    4246             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4247             : 
    4248             :         /*
    4249             :          * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
    4250             :          */
    4251         836 :         availspace -= estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4252             :                                                  path,
    4253             :                                                  agg_costs,
    4254             :                                                  gd->dNumHashGroups);
    4255             : 
    4256         836 :         if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
    4257             :         {
    4258             :             double      scale;
    4259         420 :             int         num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
    4260             :             int         k_capacity;
    4261         420 :             int        *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
    4262         420 :             Bitmapset  *hash_items = NULL;
    4263             :             int         i;
    4264             : 
    4265             :             /*
    4266             :              * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
    4267             :              * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
    4268             :              * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
    4269             :              * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
    4270             :              * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
    4271             :              * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
    4272             :              * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
    4273             :              *
    4274             :              * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
    4275             :              * reasonably small bounded range.  We choose to allow a 5% error
    4276             :              * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
    4277             :              * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
    4278             :              * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
    4279             :              * better have the memory for it.  In more reasonable cases, with
    4280             :              * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
    4281             :              * be negligible.)
    4282             :              *
    4283             :              * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
    4284             :              * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
    4285             :              * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
    4286             :              */
    4287         420 :             scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
    4288         420 :             k_capacity = (int) floor(availspace / scale);
    4289             : 
    4290             :             /*
    4291             :              * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
    4292             :              * one that matches the input sort order.  We assign indexes "i"
    4293             :              * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
    4294             :              * below, must use the same condition.
    4295             :              */
    4296         420 :             i = 0;
    4297        1056 :             for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4298             :             {
    4299         636 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4300             : 
    4301         636 :                 if (rollup->hashable)
    4302             :                 {
    4303         636 :                     double      sz = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4304             :                                                                 path,
    4305             :                                                                 agg_costs,
    4306             :                                                                 rollup->numGroups);
    4307             : 
    4308             :                     /*
    4309             :                      * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
    4310             :                      * small, avoid integer overflow here.
    4311             :                      */
    4312         636 :                     k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
    4313             :                                              k_capacity + 1.0);
    4314         636 :                     ++i;
    4315             :                 }
    4316             :             }
    4317             : 
    4318             :             /*
    4319             :              * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
    4320             :              * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
    4321             :              * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
    4322             :              * capacity.
    4323             :              */
    4324         420 :             if (i > 0)
    4325         420 :                 hash_items = DiscreteKnapsack(k_capacity, i, k_weights, NULL);
    4326             : 
    4327         420 :             if (!bms_is_empty(hash_items))
    4328             :             {
    4329         420 :                 rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
    4330             : 
    4331         420 :                 i = 0;
    4332        1056 :                 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4333             :                 {
    4334         636 :                     RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4335             : 
    4336         636 :                     if (rollup->hashable)
    4337             :                     {
    4338         636 :                         if (bms_is_member(i, hash_items))
    4339         600 :                             hash_sets = list_concat(hash_sets,
    4340         600 :                                                     rollup->gsets_data);
    4341             :                         else
    4342          36 :                             rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4343         636 :                         ++i;
    4344             :                     }
    4345             :                     else
    4346           0 :                         rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4347             :                 }
    4348             :             }
    4349             :         }
    4350             : 
    4351         836 :         if (!rollups && hash_sets)
    4352          24 :             rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
    4353             : 
    4354        1576 :         foreach(lc, hash_sets)
    4355             :         {
    4356         740 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4357         740 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4358             : 
    4359             :             Assert(gs->set != NIL);
    4360             : 
    4361         740 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    4362         740 :             rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4363         740 :             rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4364             :                                                      rollup->gsets_data,
    4365             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4366         740 :             rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4367         740 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    4368         740 :             rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4369         740 :             rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
    4370             :         }
    4371             : 
    4372         836 :         if (rollups)
    4373             :         {
    4374         444 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4375         444 :                      create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4376             :                                               grouped_rel,
    4377             :                                               path,
    4378         444 :                                               (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4379             :                                               AGG_MIXED,
    4380             :                                               rollups,
    4381             :                                               agg_costs));
    4382             :         }
    4383             :     }
    4384             : 
    4385             :     /*
    4386             :      * Now try the simple sorted case.
    4387             :      */
    4388         914 :     if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
    4389         884 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4390         884 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4391             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4392             :                                           path,
    4393         884 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4394             :                                           AGG_SORTED,
    4395             :                                           gd->rollups,
    4396             :                                           agg_costs));
    4397             : }
    4398             : 
    4399             : /*
    4400             :  * create_window_paths
    4401             :  *
    4402             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
    4403             :  *
    4404             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4405             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4406             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4407             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4408             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4409             :  *
    4410             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
    4411             :  */
    4412             : static RelOptInfo *
    4413        2336 : create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4414             :                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4415             :                     PathTarget *input_target,
    4416             :                     PathTarget *output_target,
    4417             :                     bool output_target_parallel_safe,
    4418             :                     WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4419             :                     List *activeWindows)
    4420             : {
    4421             :     RelOptInfo *window_rel;
    4422             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4423             : 
    4424             :     /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
    4425        2336 :     window_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW, NULL);
    4426             : 
    4427             :     /*
    4428             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
    4429             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, we need to examine the
    4430             :      * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
    4431             :      */
    4432        2336 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
    4433           0 :         is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
    4434           0 :         window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    4435             : 
    4436             :     /*
    4437             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
    4438             :      */
    4439        2336 :     window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4440        2336 :     window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4441        2336 :     window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4442        2336 :     window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4443             : 
    4444             :     /*
    4445             :      * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
    4446             :      * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
    4447             :      * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
    4448             :      */
    4449        4984 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    4450             :     {
    4451        2648 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4452             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4453             : 
    4454        2960 :         if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    4455         312 :             pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
    4456         144 :                                         &presorted_keys) ||
    4457         144 :             presorted_keys > 0)
    4458        2534 :             create_one_window_path(root,
    4459             :                                    window_rel,
    4460             :                                    path,
    4461             :                                    input_target,
    4462             :                                    output_target,
    4463             :                                    wflists,
    4464             :                                    activeWindows);
    4465             :     }
    4466             : 
    4467             :     /*
    4468             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4469             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4470             :      */
    4471        2336 :     if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4472          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4473          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4474             :                                                      input_rel, window_rel,
    4475             :                                                      NULL);
    4476             : 
    4477             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4478        2336 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4479           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4480             :                                     input_rel, window_rel, NULL);
    4481             : 
    4482             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4483        2336 :     set_cheapest(window_rel);
    4484             : 
    4485        2336 :     return window_rel;
    4486             : }
    4487             : 
    4488             : /*
    4489             :  * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
    4490             :  * add the result to window_rel.
    4491             :  *
    4492             :  * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
    4493             :  * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
    4494             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4495             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4496             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4497             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4498             :  */
    4499             : static void
    4500        2534 : create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
    4501             :                        RelOptInfo *window_rel,
    4502             :                        Path *path,
    4503             :                        PathTarget *input_target,
    4504             :                        PathTarget *output_target,
    4505             :                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4506             :                        List *activeWindows)
    4507             : {
    4508             :     PathTarget *window_target;
    4509             :     ListCell   *l;
    4510        2534 :     List       *topqual = NIL;
    4511             : 
    4512             :     /*
    4513             :      * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
    4514             :      * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
    4515             :      * needed.  (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
    4516             :      * executing the clauses in.)
    4517             :      *
    4518             :      * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
    4519             :      * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
    4520             :      * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
    4521             :      * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.)  It must also
    4522             :      * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
    4523             :      * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
    4524             :      * for volatile functions).  As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
    4525             :      * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
    4526             :      */
    4527        2534 :     window_target = input_target;
    4528             : 
    4529        5218 :     foreach(l, activeWindows)
    4530             :     {
    4531        2684 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
    4532             :         List       *window_pathkeys;
    4533        2684 :         List       *runcondition = NIL;
    4534             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4535             :         bool        is_sorted;
    4536             :         bool        topwindow;
    4537             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    4538             : 
    4539        2684 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    4540             :                                                    wc,
    4541             :                                                    root->processed_tlist);
    4542             : 
    4543        2684 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
    4544             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    4545             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    4546             : 
    4547             :         /* Sort if necessary */
    4548        2684 :         if (!is_sorted)
    4549             :         {
    4550             :             /*
    4551             :              * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
    4552             :              * complete sort.
    4553             :              */
    4554        2072 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    4555        2006 :                 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, window_rel,
    4556             :                                                  path,
    4557             :                                                  window_pathkeys,
    4558             :                                                  -1.0);
    4559             :             else
    4560             :             {
    4561             :                 /*
    4562             :                  * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
    4563             :                  * enabled, just use incremental sort.
    4564             :                  */
    4565          66 :                 path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    4566             :                                                              window_rel,
    4567             :                                                              path,
    4568             :                                                              window_pathkeys,
    4569             :                                                              presorted_keys,
    4570             :                                                              -1.0);
    4571             :             }
    4572             :         }
    4573             : 
    4574        2684 :         if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
    4575             :         {
    4576             :             /*
    4577             :              * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
    4578             :              * intermediate WindowAggPath.  We must copy window_target to
    4579             :              * avoid changing the previous path's target.
    4580             :              *
    4581             :              * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
    4582             :              * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
    4583             :              */
    4584         150 :             int64       tuple_width = window_target->width;
    4585             : 
    4586         150 :             window_target = copy_pathtarget(window_target);
    4587         342 :             foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4588             :             {
    4589         192 :                 WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4590             : 
    4591         192 :                 add_column_to_pathtarget(window_target, (Expr *) wfunc, 0);
    4592         192 :                 tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
    4593             :             }
    4594         150 :             window_target->width = clamp_width_est(tuple_width);
    4595             :         }
    4596             :         else
    4597             :         {
    4598             :             /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
    4599        2534 :             window_target = output_target;
    4600             :         }
    4601             : 
    4602             :         /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
    4603        2684 :         topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
    4604             : 
    4605             :         /*
    4606             :          * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
    4607             :          * convert them into OpExprs
    4608             :          */
    4609        6076 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4610             :         {
    4611             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    4612        3392 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4613             : 
    4614        3572 :             foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
    4615             :             {
    4616         180 :                 WindowFuncRunCondition *wfuncrc =
    4617             :                     lfirst_node(WindowFuncRunCondition, lc3);
    4618             :                 Expr       *opexpr;
    4619             :                 Expr       *leftop;
    4620             :                 Expr       *rightop;
    4621             : 
    4622         180 :                 if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
    4623             :                 {
    4624         162 :                     leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4625         162 :                     rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4626             :                 }
    4627             :                 else
    4628             :                 {
    4629          18 :                     leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4630          18 :                     rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4631             :                 }
    4632             : 
    4633         180 :                 opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
    4634             :                                        BOOLOID,
    4635             :                                        false,
    4636             :                                        leftop,
    4637             :                                        rightop,
    4638             :                                        InvalidOid,
    4639             :                                        wfuncrc->inputcollid);
    4640             : 
    4641         180 :                 runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
    4642             : 
    4643         180 :                 if (!topwindow)
    4644          24 :                     topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
    4645             :             }
    4646             :         }
    4647             : 
    4648             :         path = (Path *)
    4649        2684 :             create_windowagg_path(root, window_rel, path, window_target,
    4650        2684 :                                   wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
    4651             :                                   runcondition, wc,
    4652             :                                   topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
    4653             :     }
    4654             : 
    4655        2534 :     add_path(window_rel, path);
    4656        2534 : }
    4657             : 
    4658             : /*
    4659             :  * create_distinct_paths
    4660             :  *
    4661             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
    4662             :  *
    4663             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4664             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    4665             :  *
    4666             :  * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
    4667             :  * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
    4668             :  */
    4669             : static RelOptInfo *
    4670        2418 : create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4671             :                       PathTarget *target)
    4672             : {
    4673             :     RelOptInfo *distinct_rel;
    4674             : 
    4675             :     /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
    4676        2418 :     distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, NULL);
    4677             : 
    4678             :     /*
    4679             :      * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
    4680             :      * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe.  In particular, if
    4681             :      * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
    4682             :      * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
    4683             :      * expressions are parallel-safe.
    4684             :      */
    4685        2418 :     distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4686             : 
    4687             :     /*
    4688             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
    4689             :      */
    4690        2418 :     distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4691        2418 :     distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4692        2418 :     distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4693        2418 :     distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4694             : 
    4695             :     /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
    4696        2418 :     create_final_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel);
    4697             : 
    4698             :     /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
    4699        2418 :     create_partial_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel, target);
    4700             : 
    4701             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
    4702        2418 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4703           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4704             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4705             :                  errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
    4706             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4707             : 
    4708             :     /*
    4709             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4710             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4711             :      */
    4712        2418 :     if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4713          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4714          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    4715             :                                                        UPPERREL_DISTINCT,
    4716             :                                                        input_rel,
    4717             :                                                        distinct_rel,
    4718             :                                                        NULL);
    4719             : 
    4720             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4721        2418 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4722           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
    4723             :                                     distinct_rel, NULL);
    4724             : 
    4725             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4726        2418 :     set_cheapest(distinct_rel);
    4727             : 
    4728        2418 :     return distinct_rel;
    4729             : }
    4730             : 
    4731             : /*
    4732             :  * create_partial_distinct_paths
    4733             :  *
    4734             :  * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
    4735             :  * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel.  For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
    4736             :  * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
    4737             :  * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
    4738             :  */
    4739             : static void
    4740        2418 : create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4741             :                               RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
    4742             :                               PathTarget *target)
    4743             : {
    4744             :     RelOptInfo *partial_distinct_rel;
    4745             :     Query      *parse;
    4746             :     List       *distinctExprs;
    4747             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    4748             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    4749             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4750             : 
    4751             :     /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
    4752        2418 :     if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    4753        2310 :         return;
    4754             : 
    4755         108 :     parse = root->parse;
    4756             : 
    4757             :     /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
    4758         108 :     if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
    4759           0 :         return;
    4760             : 
    4761         108 :     partial_distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    4762             :                                            NULL);
    4763         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
    4764         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4765             : 
    4766             :     /*
    4767             :      * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
    4768             :      */
    4769         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4770         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4771         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4772         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4773             : 
    4774         108 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    4775             : 
    4776         108 :     distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    4777             :                                             parse->targetList);
    4778             : 
    4779             :     /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
    4780         108 :     numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    4781             :                                           cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    4782             :                                           NULL, NULL);
    4783             : 
    4784             :     /*
    4785             :      * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
    4786             :      * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those.  We'll also
    4787             :      * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
    4788             :      * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
    4789             :      * re-sort.
    4790             :      */
    4791         108 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    4792             :     {
    4793         234 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4794             :         {
    4795         126 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4796             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    4797         126 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    4798             : 
    4799             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    4800         126 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    4801             :                                                  root->distinct_pathkeys,
    4802             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    4803             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    4804             : 
    4805         390 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    4806             :             {
    4807         138 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    4808             :                                                 partial_distinct_rel,
    4809             :                                                 input_path,
    4810             :                                                 cheapest_partial_path,
    4811             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    4812             :                                                 -1.0);
    4813             : 
    4814         138 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    4815          12 :                     continue;
    4816             : 
    4817             :                 /*
    4818             :                  * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
    4819             :                  * value for the DISTINCT clause.  See
    4820             :                  * create_final_distinct_paths()
    4821             :                  */
    4822         126 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    4823             :                 {
    4824             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    4825             : 
    4826           6 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    4827             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    4828             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    4829             :                                                     FLOAT8PASSBYVAL);
    4830             : 
    4831             :                     /*
    4832             :                      * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
    4833             :                      * tuples from each worker to 1.
    4834             :                      * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
    4835             :                      * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
    4836             :                      * after the Gather node.  If the query already has a
    4837             :                      * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
    4838             :                      * nodes in the final plan.  Consolidating the top two of
    4839             :                      * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
    4840             :                      * over.
    4841             :                      */
    4842           6 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    4843           6 :                                      create_limit_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    4844             :                                                        sorted_path,
    4845             :                                                        NULL,
    4846             :                                                        limitCount,
    4847             :                                                        LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT,
    4848             :                                                        0, 1));
    4849             :                 }
    4850             :                 else
    4851             :                 {
    4852         120 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    4853         120 :                                      create_upper_unique_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    4854             :                                                               sorted_path,
    4855         120 :                                                               list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    4856             :                                                               numDistinctRows));
    4857             :                 }
    4858             :             }
    4859             :         }
    4860             :     }
    4861             : 
    4862             :     /*
    4863             :      * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
    4864             :      * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
    4865             :      * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
    4866             :      * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
    4867             :      */
    4868         108 :     if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    4869             :     {
    4870          78 :         add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    4871          78 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    4872             :                                          partial_distinct_rel,
    4873             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    4874             :                                          cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
    4875             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    4876             :                                          AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    4877             :                                          root->processed_distinctClause,
    4878             :                                          NIL,
    4879             :                                          NULL,
    4880             :                                          numDistinctRows));
    4881             :     }
    4882             : 
    4883             :     /*
    4884             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4885             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4886             :      */
    4887         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4888           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4889           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    4890             :                                                                UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    4891             :                                                                input_rel,
    4892             :                                                                partial_distinct_rel,
    4893             :                                                                NULL);
    4894             : 
    4895             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
    4896         108 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4897           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    4898             :                                     input_rel, partial_distinct_rel, NULL);
    4899             : 
    4900         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    4901             :     {
    4902         108 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel, true);
    4903         108 :         set_cheapest(partial_distinct_rel);
    4904             : 
    4905             :         /*
    4906             :          * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result.  This step
    4907             :          * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
    4908             :          * parallel workers.
    4909             :          */
    4910         108 :         create_final_distinct_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    4911             :                                     final_distinct_rel);
    4912             :     }
    4913             : }
    4914             : 
    4915             : /*
    4916             :  * create_final_distinct_paths
    4917             :  *      Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
    4918             :  *
    4919             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
    4920             :  * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
    4921             :  */
    4922             : static RelOptInfo *
    4923        2526 : create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4924             :                             RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
    4925             : {
    4926        2526 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4927        2526 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    4928             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    4929             :     bool        allow_hash;
    4930             : 
    4931             :     /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
    4932        2526 :     if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
    4933        2452 :         root->hasHavingQual)
    4934             :     {
    4935             :         /*
    4936             :          * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
    4937             :          * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
    4938             :          * already mostly unique).
    4939             :          */
    4940          74 :         numDistinctRows = cheapest_input_path->rows;
    4941             :     }
    4942             :     else
    4943             :     {
    4944             :         /*
    4945             :          * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
    4946             :          */
    4947             :         List       *distinctExprs;
    4948             : 
    4949        2452 :         distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    4950             :                                                 parse->targetList);
    4951        2452 :         numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    4952             :                                               cheapest_input_path->rows,
    4953             :                                               NULL, NULL);
    4954             :     }
    4955             : 
    4956             :     /*
    4957             :      * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    4958             :      */
    4959        2526 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    4960             :     {
    4961             :         /*
    4962             :          * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
    4963             :          * Unique node on those.  We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
    4964             :          * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that.  If any paths have
    4965             :          * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
    4966             :          * before adding a unique node on the top.  We'll also attempt to
    4967             :          * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
    4968             :          * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
    4969             :          *
    4970             :          * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
    4971             :          * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
    4972             :          * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
    4973             :          * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later.  (Note
    4974             :          * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
    4975             :          * the other.)
    4976             :          */
    4977             :         List       *needed_pathkeys;
    4978             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4979        2520 :         double      limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
    4980             : 
    4981        2758 :         if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    4982         238 :             list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
    4983         238 :             list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    4984          54 :             needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    4985             :         else
    4986        2466 :             needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    4987             : 
    4988        6438 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    4989             :         {
    4990        3918 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4991             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    4992        3918 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    4993             : 
    4994             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    4995        3918 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    4996             :                                                  needed_pathkeys,
    4997             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    4998             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    4999             : 
    5000       12220 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    5001             :             {
    5002        4384 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    5003             :                                                 distinct_rel,
    5004             :                                                 input_path,
    5005             :                                                 cheapest_input_path,
    5006             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    5007             :                                                 limittuples);
    5008             : 
    5009        4384 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    5010         524 :                     continue;
    5011             : 
    5012             :                 /*
    5013             :                  * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
    5014             :                  * pathkeys were determined to be redundant.  If all of the
    5015             :                  * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
    5016             :                  * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
    5017             :                  * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
    5018             :                  * check).  We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
    5019             :                  * the first tuple.  All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
    5020             :                  * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'.  When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
    5021             :                  * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
    5022             :                  * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
    5023             :                  * sort_pathkeys.
    5024             :                  */
    5025        3860 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    5026             :                 {
    5027             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    5028             : 
    5029          98 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    5030             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    5031             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    5032             :                                                     FLOAT8PASSBYVAL);
    5033             : 
    5034             :                     /*
    5035             :                      * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
    5036             :                      * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
    5037             :                      * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
    5038             :                      */
    5039          98 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5040          98 :                              create_limit_path(root, distinct_rel, sorted_path,
    5041             :                                                NULL, limitCount,
    5042             :                                                LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
    5043             :                 }
    5044             :                 else
    5045             :                 {
    5046        3762 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5047        3762 :                              create_upper_unique_path(root, distinct_rel,
    5048             :                                                       sorted_path,
    5049        3762 :                                                       list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    5050             :                                                       numDistinctRows));
    5051             :                 }
    5052             :             }
    5053             :         }
    5054             :     }
    5055             : 
    5056             :     /*
    5057             :      * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    5058             :      *
    5059             :      * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
    5060             :      * die trying.  If we do have other choices, there are two things that
    5061             :      * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
    5062             :      * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
    5063             :      * enable_hashagg is off.
    5064             :      *
    5065             :      * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
    5066             :      * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    5067             :      */
    5068        2526 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    5069           6 :         allow_hash = true;      /* we have no alternatives */
    5070        2520 :     else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
    5071         388 :         allow_hash = false;     /* policy-based decision not to hash */
    5072             :     else
    5073        2132 :         allow_hash = true;      /* default */
    5074             : 
    5075        2526 :     if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5076             :     {
    5077             :         /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
    5078        2138 :         add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5079        2138 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    5080             :                                  distinct_rel,
    5081             :                                  cheapest_input_path,
    5082             :                                  cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
    5083             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    5084             :                                  AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    5085             :                                  root->processed_distinctClause,
    5086             :                                  NIL,
    5087             :                                  NULL,
    5088             :                                  numDistinctRows));
    5089             :     }
    5090             : 
    5091        2526 :     return distinct_rel;
    5092             : }
    5093             : 
    5094             : /*
    5095             :  * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
    5096             :  *    Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
    5097             :  *    'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
    5098             :  *
    5099             :  * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
    5100             :  * ON clause.  For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
    5101             :  */
    5102             : static List *
    5103        4044 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys,
    5104             :                                  List *path_pathkeys)
    5105             : {
    5106        4044 :     List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    5107        4044 :     List       *useful_pathkeys = NIL;
    5108             : 
    5109             :     /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
    5110        4044 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5111             :                                    needed_pathkeys);
    5112             : 
    5113        4044 :     if (!enable_distinct_reordering)
    5114           0 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5115             : 
    5116             :     /*
    5117             :      * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
    5118             :      * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
    5119             :      * prefix.
    5120             :      *
    5121             :      * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
    5122             :      * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
    5123             :      * the desired behavior.
    5124             :      */
    5125        9890 :     foreach_node(PathKey, pathkey, path_pathkeys)
    5126             :     {
    5127             :         /*
    5128             :          * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
    5129             :          * equality by simple pointer comparison.
    5130             :          */
    5131        1830 :         if (!list_member_ptr(needed_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5132          10 :             break;
    5133        1820 :         if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    5134         202 :             !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5135          18 :             break;
    5136             : 
    5137        1802 :         useful_pathkeys = lappend(useful_pathkeys, pathkey);
    5138             :     }
    5139             : 
    5140             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
    5141        4044 :     if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
    5142        2506 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5143             : 
    5144             :     /*
    5145             :      * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
    5146             :      * incremental sort.
    5147             :      */
    5148        1538 :     if (list_length(useful_pathkeys) < list_length(needed_pathkeys) &&
    5149         848 :         !enable_incremental_sort)
    5150          60 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5151             : 
    5152             :     /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
    5153        1478 :     useful_pathkeys = list_concat_unique_ptr(useful_pathkeys,
    5154             :                                              needed_pathkeys);
    5155             : 
    5156             :     /*
    5157             :      * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
    5158             :      * just drop it.
    5159             :      */
    5160        1478 :     if (compare_pathkeys(needed_pathkeys,
    5161             :                          useful_pathkeys) == PATHKEYS_EQUAL)
    5162        1000 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5163             : 
    5164         478 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5165             :                                    useful_pathkeys);
    5166             : 
    5167         478 :     return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5168             : }
    5169             : 
    5170             : /*
    5171             :  * create_ordered_paths
    5172             :  *
    5173             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
    5174             :  *
    5175             :  * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
    5176             :  * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
    5177             :  * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
    5178             :  *
    5179             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    5180             :  * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
    5181             :  * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
    5182             :  *      or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
    5183             :  *
    5184             :  * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
    5185             :  * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
    5186             :  */
    5187             : static RelOptInfo *
    5188       63276 : create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    5189             :                      RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    5190             :                      PathTarget *target,
    5191             :                      bool target_parallel_safe,
    5192             :                      double limit_tuples)
    5193             : {
    5194       63276 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    5195             :     RelOptInfo *ordered_rel;
    5196             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5197             : 
    5198             :     /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
    5199       63276 :     ordered_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED, NULL);
    5200             : 
    5201             :     /*
    5202             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
    5203             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    5204             :      * target list is parallel-safe.
    5205             :      */
    5206       63276 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
    5207       42486 :         ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    5208             : 
    5209             :     /*
    5210             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
    5211             :      */
    5212       63276 :     ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    5213       63276 :     ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    5214       63276 :     ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    5215       63276 :     ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    5216             : 
    5217      158100 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    5218             :     {
    5219       94824 :         Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5220             :         Path       *sorted_path;
    5221             :         bool        is_sorted;
    5222             :         int         presorted_keys;
    5223             : 
    5224       94824 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5225             :                                                 input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
    5226             : 
    5227       94824 :         if (is_sorted)
    5228       34114 :             sorted_path = input_path;
    5229             :         else
    5230             :         {
    5231             :             /*
    5232             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5233             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5234             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5235             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5236             :              * input path).
    5237             :              */
    5238       60710 :             if (input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
    5239        5518 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5240        1822 :                 continue;
    5241             : 
    5242             :             /*
    5243             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5244             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5245             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5246             :              */
    5247       58888 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5248       54760 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5249             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5250             :                                                         input_path,
    5251             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5252             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5253             :             else
    5254        4128 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5255             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5256             :                                                                     input_path,
    5257             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5258             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5259             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5260             :         }
    5261             : 
    5262             :         /*
    5263             :          * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
    5264             :          * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5265             :          */
    5266       93002 :         if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5267         306 :             sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5268             :                                                    sorted_path, target);
    5269             : 
    5270       93002 :         add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5271             :     }
    5272             : 
    5273             :     /*
    5274             :      * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
    5275             :      * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
    5276             :      * considered sorting it.  Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
    5277             :      * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
    5278             :      * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
    5279             :      * above will have handled those as well.  However, there's one more
    5280             :      * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
    5281             :      * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
    5282             :      * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
    5283             :      */
    5284       63276 :     if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
    5285       42348 :         input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    5286             :     {
    5287             :         Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    5288             : 
    5289        2174 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    5290             : 
    5291        4554 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    5292             :         {
    5293        2380 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5294             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    5295             :             bool        is_sorted;
    5296             :             int         presorted_keys;
    5297             :             double      total_groups;
    5298             : 
    5299        2380 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5300             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    5301             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    5302             : 
    5303        2380 :             if (is_sorted)
    5304         182 :                 continue;
    5305             : 
    5306             :             /*
    5307             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5308             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5309             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5310             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5311             :              * partial path).
    5312             :              */
    5313        2198 :             if (input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    5314          42 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5315           0 :                 continue;
    5316             : 
    5317             :             /*
    5318             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5319             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5320             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5321             :              */
    5322        2198 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5323        2138 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5324             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5325             :                                                         input_path,
    5326             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5327             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5328             :             else
    5329          60 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5330             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5331             :                                                                     input_path,
    5332             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5333             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5334             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5335        2198 :             total_groups = compute_gather_rows(sorted_path);
    5336             :             sorted_path = (Path *)
    5337        2198 :                 create_gather_merge_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5338             :                                          sorted_path,
    5339             :                                          sorted_path->pathtarget,
    5340             :                                          root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
    5341             :                                          &total_groups);
    5342             : 
    5343             :             /*
    5344             :              * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
    5345             :              * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5346             :              */
    5347        2198 :             if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5348           6 :                 sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5349             :                                                        sorted_path, target);
    5350             : 
    5351        2198 :             add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5352             :         }
    5353             :     }
    5354             : 
    5355             :     /*
    5356             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    5357             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    5358             :      */
    5359       63276 :     if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
    5360         380 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    5361         366 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5362             :                                                       input_rel, ordered_rel,
    5363             :                                                       NULL);
    5364             : 
    5365             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    5366       63276 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    5367           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5368             :                                     input_rel, ordered_rel, NULL);
    5369             : 
    5370             :     /*
    5371             :      * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
    5372             :      * need us to do it.
    5373             :      */
    5374             :     Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
    5375             : 
    5376       63276 :     return ordered_rel;
    5377             : }
    5378             : 
    5379             : 
    5380             : /*
    5381             :  * make_group_input_target
    5382             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
    5383             :  *
    5384             :  * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
    5385             :  * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
    5386             :  * aggregate function calls.  This routine generates the correct target
    5387             :  * for the scan/join subplan.
    5388             :  *
    5389             :  * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
    5390             :  * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
    5391             :  * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
    5392             :  * variables to the subplan target list.  Also, we flatten all expressions
    5393             :  * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
    5394             :  * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
    5395             :  * For example, given a query like
    5396             :  *      SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
    5397             :  * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
    5398             :  *      a+b,c,d
    5399             :  * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
    5400             :  * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
    5401             :  *
    5402             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    5403             :  *
    5404             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
    5405             :  * query_planner().
    5406             :  */
    5407             : static PathTarget *
    5408       39814 : make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
    5409             : {
    5410       39814 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    5411             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    5412             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5413             :     List       *non_group_vars;
    5414             :     int         i;
    5415             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5416             : 
    5417             :     /*
    5418             :      * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
    5419             :      * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
    5420             :      */
    5421       39814 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5422       39814 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5423             : 
    5424       39814 :     i = 0;
    5425       95714 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    5426             :     {
    5427       55900 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5428       55900 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    5429             : 
    5430       64532 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5431        8632 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5432             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5433             :         {
    5434             :             /*
    5435             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
    5436             :              *
    5437             :              * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So
    5438             :              * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
    5439             :              * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
    5440             :              */
    5441        6896 :             if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5442             :             {
    5443             :                 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5444             :                 expr = (Expr *)
    5445        1752 :                     remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
    5446        1752 :                                           bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5447             :                                           NULL);
    5448             :             }
    5449        6896 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    5450             :         }
    5451             :         else
    5452             :         {
    5453             :             /*
    5454             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5455             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5456             :              */
    5457       49004 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5458             :         }
    5459             : 
    5460       55900 :         i++;
    5461             :     }
    5462             : 
    5463             :     /*
    5464             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
    5465             :      */
    5466       39814 :     if (parse->havingQual)
    5467        1172 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, parse->havingQual);
    5468             : 
    5469             :     /*
    5470             :      * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
    5471             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (A Var used
    5472             :      * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.)  Note this
    5473             :      * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
    5474             :      * ORDER BY and window specifications.  Vars used within Aggrefs and
    5475             :      * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
    5476             :      *
    5477             :      * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So with
    5478             :      * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
    5479             :      * there is any from the non-group Vars.
    5480             :      */
    5481       39814 :     non_group_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5482             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
    5483             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5484             :                                      PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5485       39814 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5486             :     {
    5487             :         Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5488             :         non_group_vars = (List *)
    5489         806 :             remove_nulling_relids((Node *) non_group_vars,
    5490         806 :                                   bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5491             :                                   NULL);
    5492             :     }
    5493       39814 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, non_group_vars);
    5494             : 
    5495             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5496       39814 :     list_free(non_group_vars);
    5497       39814 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5498             : 
    5499             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5500       39814 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    5501             : }
    5502             : 
    5503             : /*
    5504             :  * make_partial_grouping_target
    5505             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
    5506             :  *    (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
    5507             :  *
    5508             :  * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
    5509             :  * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
    5510             :  * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
    5511             :  *
    5512             :  * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
    5513             :  * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING.  (Presumably,
    5514             :  * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
    5515             :  *
    5516             :  * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
    5517             :  * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
    5518             :  */
    5519             : static PathTarget *
    5520        2190 : make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    5521             :                              PathTarget *grouping_target,
    5522             :                              Node *havingQual)
    5523             : {
    5524             :     PathTarget *partial_target;
    5525             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5526             :     List       *non_group_exprs;
    5527             :     int         i;
    5528             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5529             : 
    5530        2190 :     partial_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5531        2190 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5532             : 
    5533        2190 :     i = 0;
    5534        7798 :     foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
    5535             :     {
    5536        5608 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5537        5608 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(grouping_target, i);
    5538             : 
    5539        9422 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5540        3814 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5541             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5542             :         {
    5543             :             /*
    5544             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
    5545             :              * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
    5546             :              */
    5547        1900 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(partial_target, expr, sgref);
    5548             :         }
    5549             :         else
    5550             :         {
    5551             :             /*
    5552             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5553             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5554             :              */
    5555        3708 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5556             :         }
    5557             : 
    5558        5608 :         i++;
    5559             :     }
    5560             : 
    5561             :     /*
    5562             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
    5563             :      */
    5564        2190 :     if (havingQual)
    5565         824 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
    5566             : 
    5567             :     /*
    5568             :      * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
    5569             :      * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
    5570             :      * already present.  (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
    5571             :      * be present already.)  Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
    5572             :      * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
    5573             :      */
    5574        2190 :     non_group_exprs = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5575             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    5576             :                                       PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5577             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5578             : 
    5579        2190 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(partial_target, non_group_exprs);
    5580             : 
    5581             :     /*
    5582             :      * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode.  At this point all Aggrefs
    5583             :      * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
    5584             :      * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
    5585             :      */
    5586        8370 :     foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
    5587             :     {
    5588        6180 :         Aggref     *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
    5589             : 
    5590        6180 :         if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
    5591             :         {
    5592             :             Aggref     *newaggref;
    5593             : 
    5594             :             /*
    5595             :              * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
    5596             :              * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
    5597             :              */
    5598        4250 :             newaggref = makeNode(Aggref);
    5599        4250 :             memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
    5600             : 
    5601             :             /* For now, assume serialization is required */
    5602        4250 :             mark_partial_aggref(newaggref, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL);
    5603             : 
    5604        4250 :             lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
    5605             :         }
    5606             :     }
    5607             : 
    5608             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5609        2190 :     list_free(non_group_exprs);
    5610        2190 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5611             : 
    5612             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5613        2190 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, partial_target);
    5614             : }
    5615             : 
    5616             : /*
    5617             :  * mark_partial_aggref
    5618             :  *    Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
    5619             :  *
    5620             :  * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
    5621             :  */
    5622             : void
    5623        7066 : mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
    5624             : {
    5625             :     /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
    5626             :     Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
    5627             :     /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
    5628             :     Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
    5629             : 
    5630             :     /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
    5631        7066 :     agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
    5632             : 
    5633             :     /*
    5634             :      * Adjust result type if needed.  Normally, a partial aggregate returns
    5635             :      * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
    5636             :      * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
    5637             :      */
    5638        7066 :     if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
    5639             :     {
    5640        5658 :         if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
    5641         242 :             agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
    5642             :         else
    5643        5416 :             agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
    5644             :     }
    5645        7066 : }
    5646             : 
    5647             : /*
    5648             :  * postprocess_setop_tlist
    5649             :  *    Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
    5650             :  *
    5651             :  * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
    5652             :  * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
    5653             :  * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
    5654             :  * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns.  For now, just ereport if we
    5655             :  * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
    5656             :  */
    5657             : static List *
    5658        5496 : postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
    5659             : {
    5660             :     ListCell   *l;
    5661        5496 :     ListCell   *orig_tlist_item = list_head(orig_tlist);
    5662             : 
    5663       22106 :     foreach(l, new_tlist)
    5664             :     {
    5665       16610 :         TargetEntry *new_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, l);
    5666             :         TargetEntry *orig_tle;
    5667             : 
    5668             :         /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
    5669       16610 :         if (new_tle->resjunk)
    5670           0 :             continue;
    5671             : 
    5672             :         Assert(orig_tlist_item != NULL);
    5673       16610 :         orig_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, orig_tlist_item);
    5674       16610 :         orig_tlist_item = lnext(orig_tlist, orig_tlist_item);
    5675       16610 :         if (orig_tle->resjunk)   /* should not happen */
    5676           0 :             elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5677             :         Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
    5678       16610 :         new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
    5679             :     }
    5680        5496 :     if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
    5681           0 :         elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5682        5496 :     return new_tlist;
    5683             : }
    5684             : 
    5685             : /*
    5686             :  * optimize_window_clauses
    5687             :  *      Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
    5688             :  *      make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
    5689             :  *      can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
    5690             :  *
    5691             :  * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions.  We
    5692             :  * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
    5693             :  */
    5694             : static void
    5695        2336 : optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    5696             : {
    5697        2336 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    5698             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5699             : 
    5700        4882 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    5701             :     {
    5702        2546 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    5703             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    5704        2546 :         int         optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
    5705             : 
    5706             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    5707             : 
    5708             :         /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
    5709        2546 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    5710          24 :             continue;
    5711             : 
    5712        3062 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    5713             :         {
    5714             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause req;
    5715             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *res;
    5716        2564 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    5717             :             Oid         prosupport;
    5718             : 
    5719        2564 :             prosupport = get_func_support(wfunc->winfnoid);
    5720             : 
    5721             :             /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
    5722        2564 :             if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
    5723        2024 :                 break;          /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
    5724             : 
    5725         760 :             req.type = T_SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause;
    5726         760 :             req.window_clause = wc;
    5727         760 :             req.window_func = wfunc;
    5728         760 :             req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
    5729             : 
    5730             :             /* call the support function */
    5731             :             res = (SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *)
    5732         760 :                 DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
    5733             :                                                  PointerGetDatum(&req)));
    5734             : 
    5735             :             /*
    5736             :              * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
    5737             :              * support this request type.
    5738             :              */
    5739         760 :             if (res == NULL)
    5740         220 :                 break;
    5741             : 
    5742             :             /*
    5743             :              * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
    5744             :              * WindowClause.
    5745             :              */
    5746         540 :             if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
    5747         516 :                 optimizedFrameOptions = res->frameOptions;
    5748             : 
    5749             :             /*
    5750             :              * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
    5751             :              * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
    5752             :              * WindowClause.
    5753             :              */
    5754          24 :             else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
    5755           0 :                 break;          /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
    5756             :         }
    5757             : 
    5758             :         /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
    5759        2522 :         if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
    5760             :         {
    5761             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    5762             : 
    5763             :             /* apply the new frame options */
    5764         498 :             wc->frameOptions = optimizedFrameOptions;
    5765             : 
    5766             :             /*
    5767             :              * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
    5768             :              * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
    5769             :              * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
    5770             :              * don't bother if there's only 1.
    5771             :              */
    5772         498 :             if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
    5773         408 :                 continue;
    5774             : 
    5775             :             /*
    5776             :              * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
    5777             :              * we find a duplicate.
    5778             :              */
    5779         228 :             foreach(lc3, windowClause)
    5780             :             {
    5781         174 :                 WindowClause *existing_wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc3);
    5782             : 
    5783             :                 /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
    5784         174 :                 if (existing_wc == wc)
    5785          54 :                     continue;
    5786             : 
    5787             :                 /*
    5788             :                  * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
    5789             :                  * transformWindowFuncCall.
    5790             :                  */
    5791         240 :                 if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
    5792         120 :                     equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
    5793         120 :                     wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
    5794          72 :                     equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
    5795          36 :                     equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
    5796             :                 {
    5797             :                     ListCell   *lc4;
    5798             : 
    5799             :                     /*
    5800             :                      * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
    5801             :                      * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
    5802             :                      * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
    5803             :                      * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
    5804             :                      */
    5805          78 :                     foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    5806             :                     {
    5807          42 :                         WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc4);
    5808             : 
    5809          42 :                         wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
    5810             :                     }
    5811             : 
    5812             :                     /* move list items */
    5813          72 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
    5814          36 :                                                                             wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
    5815          36 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
    5816             : 
    5817             :                     /*
    5818             :                      * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
    5819             :                      * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
    5820             :                      * any further.
    5821             :                      */
    5822          36 :                     break;
    5823             :                 }
    5824             :             }
    5825             :         }
    5826             :     }
    5827        2336 : }
    5828             : 
    5829             : /*
    5830             :  * select_active_windows
    5831             :  *      Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
    5832             :  *      by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
    5833             :  */
    5834             : static List *
    5835        2336 : select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    5836             : {
    5837        2336 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    5838        2336 :     List       *result = NIL;
    5839             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5840        2336 :     int         nActive = 0;
    5841        2336 :     WindowClauseSortData *actives = palloc(sizeof(WindowClauseSortData)
    5842        2336 :                                            * list_length(windowClause));
    5843             : 
    5844             :     /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
    5845        4882 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    5846             :     {
    5847        2546 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    5848             : 
    5849             :         /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
    5850             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    5851        2546 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    5852          60 :             continue;
    5853             : 
    5854        2486 :         actives[nActive].wc = wc;   /* original clause */
    5855             : 
    5856             :         /*
    5857             :          * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
    5858             :          * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
    5859             :          * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
    5860             :          * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
    5861             :          * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
    5862             :          * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
    5863             :          * keep.
    5864             :          *
    5865             :          * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
    5866             :          * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
    5867             :          * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
    5868             :          */
    5869        4972 :         actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
    5870        2486 :             list_concat_unique(list_copy(wc->partitionClause),
    5871        2486 :                                wc->orderClause);
    5872        2486 :         nActive++;
    5873             :     }
    5874             : 
    5875             :     /*
    5876             :      * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
    5877             :      * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
    5878             :      * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
    5879             :      * inserting additional Sort nodes.
    5880             :      *
    5881             :      * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
    5882             :      * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
    5883             :      * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
    5884             :      * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
    5885             :      * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
    5886             :      * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
    5887             :      * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
    5888             :      * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
    5889             :      *
    5890             :      * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
    5891             :      * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
    5892             :      * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
    5893             :      * again for the weaker one.
    5894             :      */
    5895        2336 :     qsort(actives, nActive, sizeof(WindowClauseSortData), common_prefix_cmp);
    5896             : 
    5897             :     /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
    5898        4822 :     for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
    5899        2486 :         result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
    5900             : 
    5901        2336 :     pfree(actives);
    5902             : 
    5903        2336 :     return result;
    5904             : }
    5905             : 
    5906             : /*
    5907             :  * common_prefix_cmp
    5908             :  *    QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
    5909             :  *
    5910             :  * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
    5911             :  * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
    5912             :  * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
    5913             :  *
    5914             :  * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first.  Since
    5915             :  * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
    5916             :  * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
    5917             :  * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
    5918             :  * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
    5919             :  * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
    5920             :  * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
    5921             :  */
    5922             : static int
    5923         162 : common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
    5924             : {
    5925         162 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
    5926         162 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
    5927             :     ListCell   *item_a;
    5928             :     ListCell   *item_b;
    5929             : 
    5930         276 :     forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
    5931             :     {
    5932         216 :         SortGroupClause *sca = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_a);
    5933         216 :         SortGroupClause *scb = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_b);
    5934             : 
    5935         216 :         if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    5936         102 :             return -1;
    5937         204 :         else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    5938          66 :             return 1;
    5939         138 :         else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
    5940           0 :             return -1;
    5941         138 :         else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
    5942          24 :             return 1;
    5943         114 :         else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
    5944           0 :             return -1;
    5945         114 :         else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
    5946           0 :             return 1;
    5947             :         /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
    5948             :     }
    5949             : 
    5950          60 :     if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    5951           6 :         return -1;
    5952          54 :     else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    5953          12 :         return 1;
    5954             : 
    5955          42 :     return 0;
    5956             : }
    5957             : 
    5958             : /*
    5959             :  * make_window_input_target
    5960             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
    5961             :  *
    5962             :  * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
    5963             :  * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
    5964             :  * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
    5965             :  * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
    5966             :  * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
    5967             :  * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
    5968             :  * the actual desired target list.
    5969             :  *
    5970             :  * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
    5971             :  * like it to share code.  As in that function, we flatten most expressions
    5972             :  * into their component variables.  But we do not want to flatten window
    5973             :  * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
    5974             :  * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
    5975             :  * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
    5976             :  * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
    5977             :  * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
    5978             :  * individual Vars in them.
    5979             :  *
    5980             :  * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
    5981             :  * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
    5982             :  * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
    5983             :  *
    5984             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    5985             :  * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
    5986             :  *          select_active_windows.
    5987             :  *
    5988             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    5989             :  * below the first WindowAgg node.
    5990             :  */
    5991             : static PathTarget *
    5992        2336 : make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    5993             :                          PathTarget *final_target,
    5994             :                          List *activeWindows)
    5995             : {
    5996             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    5997             :     Bitmapset  *sgrefs;
    5998             :     List       *flattenable_cols;
    5999             :     List       *flattenable_vars;
    6000             :     int         i;
    6001             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6002             : 
    6003             :     Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
    6004             : 
    6005             :     /*
    6006             :      * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
    6007             :      * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
    6008             :      */
    6009        2336 :     sgrefs = NULL;
    6010        4822 :     foreach(lc, activeWindows)
    6011             :     {
    6012        2486 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6013             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    6014             : 
    6015        3198 :         foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
    6016             :         {
    6017         712 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6018             : 
    6019         712 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6020             :         }
    6021        4630 :         foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
    6022             :         {
    6023        2144 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6024             : 
    6025        2144 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6026             :         }
    6027             :     }
    6028             : 
    6029             :     /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
    6030        2522 :     foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
    6031             :     {
    6032         186 :         SortGroupClause *grpcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    6033             : 
    6034         186 :         sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6035             :     }
    6036             : 
    6037             :     /*
    6038             :      * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
    6039             :      * and save aside the others for a moment.
    6040             :      */
    6041        2336 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6042        2336 :     flattenable_cols = NIL;
    6043             : 
    6044        2336 :     i = 0;
    6045       10114 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6046             :     {
    6047        7778 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6048        7778 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    6049             : 
    6050             :         /*
    6051             :          * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items.  (Note
    6052             :          * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
    6053             :          * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
    6054             :          */
    6055        7778 :         if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
    6056             :         {
    6057             :             /*
    6058             :              * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
    6059             :              * target as-is.
    6060             :              */
    6061        2746 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    6062             :         }
    6063             :         else
    6064             :         {
    6065             :             /*
    6066             :              * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
    6067             :              * later call to pull_var_clause.
    6068             :              */
    6069        5032 :             flattenable_cols = lappend(flattenable_cols, expr);
    6070             :         }
    6071             : 
    6072        7778 :         i++;
    6073             :     }
    6074             : 
    6075             :     /*
    6076             :      * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
    6077             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (Some might be
    6078             :      * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
    6079             :      *
    6080             :      * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
    6081             :      * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
    6082             :      * at higher levels.  On the other hand, we should recurse into
    6083             :      * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
    6084             :      */
    6085        2336 :     flattenable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) flattenable_cols,
    6086             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6087             :                                        PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6088             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6089        2336 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, flattenable_vars);
    6090             : 
    6091             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6092        2336 :     list_free(flattenable_vars);
    6093        2336 :     list_free(flattenable_cols);
    6094             : 
    6095             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    6096        2336 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6097             : }
    6098             : 
    6099             : /*
    6100             :  * make_pathkeys_for_window
    6101             :  *      Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
    6102             :  *      for the given WindowClause.
    6103             :  *
    6104             :  * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
    6105             :  * redundant by the pathkey logic.
    6106             :  *
    6107             :  * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
    6108             :  * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
    6109             :  * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
    6110             :  */
    6111             : static List *
    6112        5020 : make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
    6113             :                          List *tlist)
    6114             : {
    6115        5020 :     List       *window_pathkeys = NIL;
    6116             : 
    6117             :     /* Throw error if can't sort */
    6118        5020 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->partitionClause))
    6119           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6120             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6121             :                  errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
    6122             :                  errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6123        5020 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->orderClause))
    6124           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6125             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6126             :                  errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
    6127             :                  errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6128             : 
    6129             :     /*
    6130             :      * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause.  We can safely
    6131             :      * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
    6132             :      */
    6133        5020 :     if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
    6134             :     {
    6135             :         bool        sortable;
    6136             : 
    6137        1198 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    6138             :                                                                  &wc->partitionClause,
    6139             :                                                                  tlist,
    6140             :                                                                  true,
    6141             :                                                                  false,
    6142             :                                                                  &sortable,
    6143             :                                                                  false);
    6144             : 
    6145             :         Assert(sortable);
    6146             :     }
    6147             : 
    6148             :     /*
    6149             :      * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
    6150             :      * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
    6151             :      * the executor.  However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
    6152             :      * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
    6153             :      * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
    6154             :      */
    6155        5020 :     if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
    6156             :     {
    6157             :         List       *orderby_pathkeys;
    6158             : 
    6159        4210 :         orderby_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    6160             :                                                          wc->orderClause,
    6161             :                                                          tlist);
    6162             : 
    6163             :         /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
    6164        4210 :         if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
    6165         880 :             window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
    6166             :         else
    6167        3330 :             window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
    6168             :     }
    6169             : 
    6170        5020 :     return window_pathkeys;
    6171             : }
    6172             : 
    6173             : /*
    6174             :  * make_sort_input_target
    6175             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
    6176             :  *
    6177             :  * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
    6178             :  * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
    6179             :  * project) steps.  This might or might not be identical to the query's final
    6180             :  * output target.
    6181             :  *
    6182             :  * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
    6183             :  * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
    6184             :  * they're different, because Sort can't project).  However, there are also
    6185             :  * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
    6186             :  * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
    6187             :  * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
    6188             :  * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
    6189             :  * expensive functions.
    6190             :  *
    6191             :  * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
    6192             :  * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
    6193             :  * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns).  We also prefer to
    6194             :  * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
    6195             :  * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
    6196             :  * if the sort isn't stable.  However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
    6197             :  * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
    6198             :  * run in sync in nodeProjectSet.  So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
    6199             :  * mustn't postpone any SRFs.  (Note that in principle that policy should
    6200             :  * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
    6201             :  * have not done that historically.)  Lastly, expensive expressions are
    6202             :  * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
    6203             :  * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
    6204             :  * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
    6205             :  * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
    6206             :  * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
    6207             :  *
    6208             :  * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
    6209             :  * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
    6210             :  * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
    6211             :  * has to go through the Sort.  However, we usually have only a very bad
    6212             :  * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
    6213             :  * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
    6214             :  *
    6215             :  * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
    6216             :  * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
    6217             :  * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
    6218             :  * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
    6219             :  * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
    6220             :  * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
    6221             :  *
    6222             :  * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
    6223             :  * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
    6224             :  * different.  We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
    6225             :  * those are needed before the sort.  If we do flatten a particular
    6226             :  * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
    6227             :  * computed earlier.
    6228             :  *
    6229             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    6230             :  * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
    6231             :  *
    6232             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    6233             :  * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any).  This will be
    6234             :  * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
    6235             :  *
    6236             :  * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
    6237             :  * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
    6238             :  */
    6239             : static PathTarget *
    6240       59726 : make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    6241             :                        PathTarget *final_target,
    6242             :                        bool *have_postponed_srfs)
    6243             : {
    6244       59726 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    6245             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    6246             :     int         ncols;
    6247             :     bool       *col_is_srf;
    6248             :     bool       *postpone_col;
    6249             :     bool        have_srf;
    6250             :     bool        have_volatile;
    6251             :     bool        have_expensive;
    6252             :     bool        have_srf_sortcols;
    6253             :     bool        postpone_srfs;
    6254             :     List       *postponable_cols;
    6255             :     List       *postponable_vars;
    6256             :     int         i;
    6257             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6258             : 
    6259             :     /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
    6260             :     Assert(parse->sortClause);
    6261             : 
    6262       59726 :     *have_postponed_srfs = false;   /* default result */
    6263             : 
    6264             :     /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
    6265       59726 :     ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
    6266       59726 :     col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6267       59726 :     postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6268       59726 :     have_srf = have_volatile = have_expensive = have_srf_sortcols = false;
    6269             : 
    6270       59726 :     i = 0;
    6271      357830 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6272             :     {
    6273      298104 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6274             : 
    6275             :         /*
    6276             :          * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
    6277             :          * before sorting.  Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
    6278             :          * BY, etc targets.  One exception is columns that were removed from
    6279             :          * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
    6280             :          * only be Vars anyway.  There don't seem to be any cases where it
    6281             :          * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
    6282             :          */
    6283      298104 :         if (get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i) == 0)
    6284             :         {
    6285             :             /*
    6286             :              * Check for SRF or volatile functions.  Check the SRF case first
    6287             :              * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
    6288             :              */
    6289      212666 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6290         216 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6291             :             {
    6292             :                 /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
    6293          96 :                 col_is_srf[i] = true;
    6294          96 :                 have_srf = true;
    6295             :             }
    6296      212354 :             else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
    6297             :             {
    6298             :                 /* Unconditionally postpone */
    6299         160 :                 postpone_col[i] = true;
    6300         160 :                 have_volatile = true;
    6301             :             }
    6302             :             else
    6303             :             {
    6304             :                 /*
    6305             :                  * Else check the cost.  XXX it's annoying to have to do this
    6306             :                  * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it.  Refactor to
    6307             :                  * allow sharing the work?
    6308             :                  */
    6309             :                 QualCost    cost;
    6310             : 
    6311      212194 :                 cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
    6312             : 
    6313             :                 /*
    6314             :                  * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
    6315             :                  * cpu_operator_cost".  Note this will take in any PL function
    6316             :                  * with default cost.
    6317             :                  */
    6318      212194 :                 if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
    6319             :                 {
    6320       15008 :                     postpone_col[i] = true;
    6321       15008 :                     have_expensive = true;
    6322             :                 }
    6323             :             }
    6324             :         }
    6325             :         else
    6326             :         {
    6327             :             /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
    6328       85654 :             if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
    6329       85964 :                 parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6330         310 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6331         124 :                 have_srf_sortcols = true;
    6332             :         }
    6333             : 
    6334      298104 :         i++;
    6335             :     }
    6336             : 
    6337             :     /*
    6338             :      * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
    6339             :      */
    6340       59726 :     postpone_srfs = (have_srf && !have_srf_sortcols);
    6341             : 
    6342             :     /*
    6343             :      * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
    6344             :      */
    6345       59726 :     if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
    6346       59510 :           (have_expensive &&
    6347        9012 :            (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
    6348       59474 :         return final_target;
    6349             : 
    6350             :     /*
    6351             :      * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
    6352             :      * functions.  This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
    6353             :      * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
    6354             :      * to return.
    6355             :      */
    6356         252 :     *have_postponed_srfs = postpone_srfs;
    6357             : 
    6358             :     /*
    6359             :      * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
    6360             :      * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
    6361             :      * the postponable ones.
    6362             :      */
    6363         252 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6364         252 :     postponable_cols = NIL;
    6365             : 
    6366         252 :     i = 0;
    6367        2044 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6368             :     {
    6369        1792 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6370             : 
    6371        1792 :         if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
    6372         310 :             postponable_cols = lappend(postponable_cols, expr);
    6373             :         else
    6374        1482 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr,
    6375        1482 :                                      get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i));
    6376             : 
    6377        1792 :         i++;
    6378             :     }
    6379             : 
    6380             :     /*
    6381             :      * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
    6382             :      * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
    6383             :      * already present.  (Some might be there already.)  We mustn't
    6384             :      * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
    6385             :      * would be unable to recompute them.
    6386             :      */
    6387         252 :     postponable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) postponable_cols,
    6388             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6389             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6390             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6391         252 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, postponable_vars);
    6392             : 
    6393             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6394         252 :     list_free(postponable_vars);
    6395         252 :     list_free(postponable_cols);
    6396             : 
    6397             :     /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
    6398         252 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6399             : }
    6400             : 
    6401             : /*
    6402             :  * get_cheapest_fractional_path
    6403             :  *    Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
    6404             :  *    the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
    6405             :  *
    6406             :  * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
    6407             :  *
    6408             :  * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
    6409             :  */
    6410             : Path *
    6411      481694 : get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
    6412             : {
    6413      481694 :     Path       *best_path = rel->cheapest_total_path;
    6414             :     ListCell   *l;
    6415             : 
    6416             :     /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
    6417      481694 :     if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
    6418      476200 :         return best_path;
    6419             : 
    6420             :     /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
    6421        5494 :     if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
    6422        2082 :         tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
    6423             : 
    6424       13170 :     foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
    6425             :     {
    6426        7676 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
    6427             : 
    6428        9858 :         if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    6429        2182 :             compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
    6430        7444 :             continue;
    6431             : 
    6432         232 :         best_path = path;
    6433             :     }
    6434             : 
    6435        5494 :     return best_path;
    6436             : }
    6437             : 
    6438             : /*
    6439             :  * adjust_paths_for_srfs
    6440             :  *      Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
    6441             :  *
    6442             :  * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
    6443             :  * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node.  If we have any SRFs
    6444             :  * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
    6445             :  * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint.  This function
    6446             :  * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
    6447             :  * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
    6448             :  *
    6449             :  * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
    6450             :  * split_pathtarget_at_srfs().  We assume the existing Paths emit the first
    6451             :  * target in targets.
    6452             :  */
    6453             : static void
    6454        9348 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    6455             :                       List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
    6456             : {
    6457             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6458             : 
    6459             :     Assert(list_length(targets) == list_length(targets_contain_srfs));
    6460             :     Assert(!linitial_int(targets_contain_srfs));
    6461             : 
    6462             :     /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
    6463        9348 :     if (list_length(targets) == 1)
    6464         608 :         return;
    6465             : 
    6466             :     /*
    6467             :      * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
    6468             :      *
    6469             :      * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
    6470             :      * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
    6471             :      * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
    6472             :      * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
    6473             :      * so.  (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
    6474             :      * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
    6475             :      */
    6476       17506 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    6477             :     {
    6478        8766 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6479        8766 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6480             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6481             :                    *lc2;
    6482             : 
    6483             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6484       27424 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6485             :         {
    6486       18658 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6487       18658 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6488             : 
    6489             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6490       18658 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6491        8826 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6492             :                                                               rel,
    6493             :                                                               newpath,
    6494             :                                                               thistarget);
    6495             :             else
    6496        9832 :                 newpath = (Path *) apply_projection_to_path(root,
    6497             :                                                             rel,
    6498             :                                                             newpath,
    6499             :                                                             thistarget);
    6500             :         }
    6501        8766 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6502        8766 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
    6503         352 :             rel->cheapest_startup_path = newpath;
    6504        8766 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
    6505         352 :             rel->cheapest_total_path = newpath;
    6506             :     }
    6507             : 
    6508             :     /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
    6509        8746 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    6510             :     {
    6511           6 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6512           6 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6513             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6514             :                    *lc2;
    6515             : 
    6516             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6517          24 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6518             :         {
    6519          18 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6520          18 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6521             : 
    6522             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6523          18 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6524           6 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6525             :                                                               rel,
    6526             :                                                               newpath,
    6527             :                                                               thistarget);
    6528             :             else
    6529             :             {
    6530             :                 /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
    6531          12 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    6532             :                                                           rel,
    6533             :                                                           newpath,
    6534             :                                                           thistarget);
    6535             :             }
    6536             :         }
    6537           6 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6538             :     }
    6539             : }
    6540             : 
    6541             : /*
    6542             :  * expression_planner
    6543             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
    6544             :  *
    6545             :  * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
    6546             :  * of a plannable query.  They can do so using the executor's regular
    6547             :  * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
    6548             :  * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
    6549             :  *
    6550             :  * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
    6551             :  * real "planning" involved here.  (That might not always be true though.)
    6552             :  * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
    6553             :  * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
    6554             :  * get inserted.  The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
    6555             :  * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
    6556             :  * once.  Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
    6557             :  *
    6558             :  * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
    6559             :  * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
    6560             :  * query.  Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
    6561             :  * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
    6562             :  *
    6563             :  * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
    6564             :  * tree.  (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
    6565             :  * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
    6566             :  * be a new node tree.)  The result is constructed in the current memory
    6567             :  * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
    6568             :  */
    6569             : Expr *
    6570      235622 : expression_planner(Expr *expr)
    6571             : {
    6572             :     Node       *result;
    6573             : 
    6574             :     /*
    6575             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6576             :      * simplify constant subexprs
    6577             :      */
    6578      235622 :     result = eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) expr);
    6579             : 
    6580             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6581      235604 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6582             : 
    6583      235604 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6584             : }
    6585             : 
    6586             : /*
    6587             :  * expression_planner_with_deps
    6588             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
    6589             :  *      returning expression dependency information along with the result.
    6590             :  *
    6591             :  * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
    6592             :  * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
    6593             :  * objects whose definitions affect the result.  As in a PlannedStmt, these
    6594             :  * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
    6595             :  */
    6596             : Expr *
    6597         346 : expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr,
    6598             :                              List **relationOids,
    6599             :                              List **invalItems)
    6600             : {
    6601             :     Node       *result;
    6602             :     PlannerGlobal glob;
    6603             :     PlannerInfo root;
    6604             : 
    6605             :     /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
    6606        6574 :     MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
    6607         346 :     glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
    6608         346 :     glob.relationOids = NIL;
    6609         346 :     glob.invalItems = NIL;
    6610             : 
    6611       30448 :     MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
    6612         346 :     root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
    6613         346 :     root.glob = &glob;
    6614             : 
    6615             :     /*
    6616             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6617             :      * simplify constant subexprs.  Collect identities of inlined functions
    6618             :      * and elided domains, too.
    6619             :      */
    6620         346 :     result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
    6621             : 
    6622             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6623         346 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6624             : 
    6625             :     /*
    6626             :      * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
    6627             :      * record as an expression dependency.
    6628             :      */
    6629         346 :     (void) extract_query_dependencies_walker(result, &root);
    6630             : 
    6631         346 :     *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
    6632         346 :     *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
    6633             : 
    6634         346 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6635             : }
    6636             : 
    6637             : 
    6638             : /*
    6639             :  * plan_cluster_use_sort
    6640             :  *      Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
    6641             :  *
    6642             :  * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
    6643             :  * (which is already known to be a btree index).  Decide whether it's
    6644             :  * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
    6645             :  * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
    6646             :  *
    6647             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
    6648             :  */
    6649             : bool
    6650         188 : plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    6651             : {
    6652             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    6653             :     Query      *query;
    6654             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    6655             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    6656             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    6657             :     IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
    6658             :     QualCost    indexExprCost;
    6659             :     Cost        comparisonCost;
    6660             :     Path       *seqScanPath;
    6661             :     Path        seqScanAndSortPath;
    6662             :     IndexPath  *indexScanPath;
    6663             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6664             : 
    6665             :     /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
    6666         188 :     if (!enable_indexscan)
    6667          30 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6668             : 
    6669             :     /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
    6670         158 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    6671         158 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    6672             : 
    6673         158 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    6674             : 
    6675         158 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    6676         158 :     root->parse = query;
    6677         158 :     root->glob = glob;
    6678         158 :     root->query_level = 1;
    6679         158 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    6680         158 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    6681         158 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    6682             : 
    6683             :     /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
    6684         158 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    6685         158 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    6686         158 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    6687         158 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    6688         158 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    6689         158 :     rte->lateral = false;
    6690         158 :     rte->inh = false;
    6691         158 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    6692         158 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    6693         158 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    6694             : 
    6695             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    6696         158 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    6697             : 
    6698             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    6699         158 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    6700             : 
    6701             :     /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
    6702         158 :     indexInfo = NULL;
    6703         196 :     foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
    6704             :     {
    6705         196 :         indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
    6706         196 :         if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
    6707         158 :             break;
    6708             :     }
    6709             : 
    6710             :     /*
    6711             :      * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
    6712             :      * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
    6713             :      * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
    6714             :      * ignoring system indexes.  In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
    6715             :      * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
    6716             :      */
    6717         158 :     if (lc == NULL)             /* not in the list? */
    6718           0 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6719             : 
    6720             :     /*
    6721             :      * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
    6722             :      * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
    6723             :      */
    6724         158 :     rel->rows = rel->tuples;
    6725         158 :     rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
    6726             : 
    6727         158 :     root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
    6728             : 
    6729             :     /*
    6730             :      * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any.  We need to
    6731             :      * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
    6732             :      * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
    6733             :      * expressions each time.  (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
    6734             :      */
    6735         158 :     cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
    6736         158 :     comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
    6737             : 
    6738             :     /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
    6739         158 :     seqScanPath = create_seqscan_path(root, rel, NULL, 0);
    6740         158 :     cost_sort(&seqScanAndSortPath, root, NIL,
    6741             :               seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
    6742         158 :               seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
    6743             :               comparisonCost, maintenance_work_mem, -1.0);
    6744             : 
    6745             :     /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
    6746         158 :     indexScanPath = create_index_path(root, indexInfo,
    6747             :                                       NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
    6748             :                                       ForwardScanDirection, false,
    6749             :                                       NULL, 1.0, false);
    6750             : 
    6751         158 :     return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
    6752             : }
    6753             : 
    6754             : /*
    6755             :  * plan_create_index_workers
    6756             :  *      Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
    6757             :  *      CREATE INDEX should request for use
    6758             :  *
    6759             :  * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built.  indexOid is the
    6760             :  * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
    6761             :  * support for parallel builds - currently btree or BRIN).
    6762             :  *
    6763             :  * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request.  It
    6764             :  * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0.  Note that this does not include the
    6765             :  * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
    6766             :  * worker processes).
    6767             :  *
    6768             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
    6769             :  * index.
    6770             :  */
    6771             : int
    6772       33492 : plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    6773             : {
    6774             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    6775             :     Query      *query;
    6776             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    6777             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    6778             :     Relation    heap;
    6779             :     Relation    index;
    6780             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    6781             :     int         parallel_workers;
    6782             :     BlockNumber heap_blocks;
    6783             :     double      reltuples;
    6784             :     double      allvisfrac;
    6785             : 
    6786             :     /*
    6787             :      * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
    6788             :      * when parallelism is disabled.
    6789             :      */
    6790       33492 :     if (!IsUnderPostmaster || max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0)
    6791         466 :         return 0;
    6792             : 
    6793             :     /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
    6794       33026 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    6795       33026 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    6796             : 
    6797       33026 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    6798             : 
    6799       33026 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    6800       33026 :     root->parse = query;
    6801       33026 :     root->glob = glob;
    6802       33026 :     root->query_level = 1;
    6803       33026 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    6804       33026 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    6805       33026 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    6806             : 
    6807             :     /*
    6808             :      * Build a minimal RTE.
    6809             :      *
    6810             :      * Mark the RTE with inh = true.  This is a kludge to prevent
    6811             :      * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
    6812             :      * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
    6813             :      * undergoing REINDEX.
    6814             :      */
    6815       33026 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    6816       33026 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    6817       33026 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    6818       33026 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    6819       33026 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    6820       33026 :     rte->lateral = false;
    6821       33026 :     rte->inh = true;
    6822       33026 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    6823       33026 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    6824       33026 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    6825             : 
    6826             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    6827       33026 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    6828             : 
    6829             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    6830       33026 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    6831             : 
    6832             :     /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
    6833       33026 :     heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
    6834       33026 :     index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
    6835             : 
    6836             :     /*
    6837             :      * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
    6838             :      *
    6839             :      * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
    6840             :      * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
    6841             :      * safe.
    6842             :      */
    6843       33026 :     if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
    6844       31062 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexExpressions(index)) ||
    6845       30942 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexPredicate(index)))
    6846             :     {
    6847        2084 :         parallel_workers = 0;
    6848        2084 :         goto done;
    6849             :     }
    6850             : 
    6851             :     /*
    6852             :      * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
    6853             :      * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
    6854             :      * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers).  Note that we deliberately do not
    6855             :      * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
    6856             :      * use by workers.)
    6857             :      */
    6858       30942 :     if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
    6859             :     {
    6860          14 :         parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
    6861             :                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    6862          14 :         goto done;
    6863             :     }
    6864             : 
    6865             :     /*
    6866             :      * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
    6867             :      * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
    6868             :      */
    6869       30928 :     estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
    6870             : 
    6871             :     /*
    6872             :      * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
    6873             :      * model
    6874             :      */
    6875       30928 :     parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
    6876             :                                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    6877             : 
    6878             :     /*
    6879             :      * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
    6880             :      *
    6881             :      * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
    6882             :      * total maintenance_work_mem budget.  Aim to leave participants
    6883             :      * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
    6884             :      * memory.  This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
    6885             :      * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
    6886             :      * parallel worker to sort.
    6887             :      */
    6888       31084 :     while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
    6889         314 :            maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32768L)
    6890         156 :         parallel_workers--;
    6891             : 
    6892       30928 : done:
    6893       33026 :     index_close(index, NoLock);
    6894       33026 :     table_close(heap, NoLock);
    6895             : 
    6896       33026 :     return parallel_workers;
    6897             : }
    6898             : 
    6899             : /*
    6900             :  * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
    6901             :  *
    6902             :  * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
    6903             :  */
    6904             : static void
    6905       40672 : add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    6906             :                           RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    6907             :                           RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    6908             :                           const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    6909             :                           grouping_sets_data *gd, double dNumGroups,
    6910             :                           GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    6911             : {
    6912       40672 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    6913       40672 :     Path       *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    6914             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6915       40672 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    6916       40672 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    6917       40672 :     List       *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
    6918       40672 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    6919             : 
    6920       40672 :     if (can_sort)
    6921             :     {
    6922             :         /*
    6923             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    6924             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    6925             :          * with presorted keys.
    6926             :          */
    6927       83972 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    6928             :         {
    6929             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    6930       43306 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6931       43306 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    6932       43306 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    6933             : 
    6934             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    6935       43306 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    6936             : 
    6937             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    6938             : 
    6939       86756 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    6940             :             {
    6941       43450 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    6942             : 
    6943             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    6944       43450 :                 path = path_save;
    6945             : 
    6946       43450 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    6947             :                                          grouped_rel,
    6948             :                                          path,
    6949             :                                          cheapest_path,
    6950             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    6951             :                                          -1.0);
    6952       43450 :                 if (path == NULL)
    6953         368 :                     continue;
    6954             : 
    6955             :                 /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
    6956       43082 :                 if (parse->groupingSets)
    6957             :                 {
    6958         914 :                     consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    6959             :                                                 path, true, can_hash,
    6960             :                                                 gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    6961             :                 }
    6962       42168 :                 else if (parse->hasAggs)
    6963             :                 {
    6964             :                     /*
    6965             :                      * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
    6966             :                      * an AggPath.
    6967             :                      */
    6968       41414 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    6969       41414 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    6970             :                                              grouped_rel,
    6971             :                                              path,
    6972       41414 :                                              grouped_rel->reltarget,
    6973       41414 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    6974             :                                              AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    6975             :                                              info->clauses,
    6976             :                                              havingQual,
    6977             :                                              agg_costs,
    6978             :                                              dNumGroups));
    6979             :                 }
    6980         754 :                 else if (parse->groupClause)
    6981             :                 {
    6982             :                     /*
    6983             :                      * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
    6984             :                      * Make a GroupPath.
    6985             :                      */
    6986         754 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    6987         754 :                              create_group_path(root,
    6988             :                                                grouped_rel,
    6989             :                                                path,
    6990             :                                                info->clauses,
    6991             :                                                havingQual,
    6992             :                                                dNumGroups));
    6993             :                 }
    6994             :                 else
    6995             :                 {
    6996             :                     /* Other cases should have been handled above */
    6997             :                     Assert(false);
    6998             :                 }
    6999             :             }
    7000             :         }
    7001             : 
    7002             :         /*
    7003             :          * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
    7004             :          * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
    7005             :          */
    7006       40666 :         if (partially_grouped_rel != NULL)
    7007             :         {
    7008        3974 :             foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7009             :             {
    7010             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    7011        2402 :                 Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7012        2402 :                 Path       *path_save = path;
    7013        2402 :                 List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7014             : 
    7015             :                 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7016        2402 :                 pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7017             : 
    7018             :                 Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7019             : 
    7020             :                 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7021        4804 :                 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7022             :                 {
    7023        2402 :                     GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7024             : 
    7025             :                     /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7026        2402 :                     path = path_save;
    7027             : 
    7028        2402 :                     path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7029             :                                              grouped_rel,
    7030             :                                              path,
    7031        2402 :                                              partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path,
    7032             :                                              info->pathkeys,
    7033             :                                              -1.0);
    7034             : 
    7035        2402 :                     if (path == NULL)
    7036         108 :                         continue;
    7037             : 
    7038        2294 :                     if (parse->hasAggs)
    7039        2052 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7040        2052 :                                  create_agg_path(root,
    7041             :                                                  grouped_rel,
    7042             :                                                  path,
    7043        2052 :                                                  grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7044        2052 :                                                  parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7045             :                                                  AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7046             :                                                  info->clauses,
    7047             :                                                  havingQual,
    7048             :                                                  agg_final_costs,
    7049             :                                                  dNumGroups));
    7050             :                     else
    7051         242 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7052         242 :                                  create_group_path(root,
    7053             :                                                    grouped_rel,
    7054             :                                                    path,
    7055             :                                                    info->clauses,
    7056             :                                                    havingQual,
    7057             :                                                    dNumGroups));
    7058             : 
    7059             :                 }
    7060             :             }
    7061             :         }
    7062             :     }
    7063             : 
    7064       40672 :     if (can_hash)
    7065             :     {
    7066        4926 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    7067             :         {
    7068             :             /*
    7069             :              * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
    7070             :              */
    7071         770 :             consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    7072             :                                         cheapest_path, false, true,
    7073             :                                         gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    7074             :         }
    7075             :         else
    7076             :         {
    7077             :             /*
    7078             :              * Generate a HashAgg Path.  We just need an Agg over the
    7079             :              * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
    7080             :              */
    7081        4156 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7082        4156 :                      create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
    7083             :                                      cheapest_path,
    7084        4156 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7085             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7086             :                                      AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    7087             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7088             :                                      havingQual,
    7089             :                                      agg_costs,
    7090             :                                      dNumGroups));
    7091             :         }
    7092             : 
    7093             :         /*
    7094             :          * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
    7095             :          * grouped path, assuming there is one
    7096             :          */
    7097        4926 :         if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7098             :         {
    7099         778 :             Path       *path = partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7100             : 
    7101         778 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7102         778 :                      create_agg_path(root,
    7103             :                                      grouped_rel,
    7104             :                                      path,
    7105         778 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7106             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7107             :                                      AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7108             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7109             :                                      havingQual,
    7110             :                                      agg_final_costs,
    7111             :                                      dNumGroups));
    7112             :         }
    7113             :     }
    7114             : 
    7115             :     /*
    7116             :      * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
    7117             :      * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
    7118             :      * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
    7119             :      * non-partial paths from each child.
    7120             :      */
    7121       40672 :     if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7122         162 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
    7123       40672 : }
    7124             : 
    7125             : /*
    7126             :  * create_partial_grouping_paths
    7127             :  *
    7128             :  * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
    7129             :  * and populate it with appropriate paths.  Note that we don't finalize the
    7130             :  * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
    7131             :  * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
    7132             :  * the returned upper relation.
    7133             :  *
    7134             :  * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
    7135             :  * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
    7136             :  * step.
    7137             :  *
    7138             :  * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
    7139             :  * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
    7140             :  */
    7141             : static RelOptInfo *
    7142       37130 : create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7143             :                               RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7144             :                               RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7145             :                               grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7146             :                               GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    7147             :                               bool force_rel_creation)
    7148             : {
    7149       37130 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7150             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    7151       37130 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
    7152       37130 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    7153       37130 :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    7154       37130 :     Path       *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    7155       37130 :     double      dNumPartialGroups = 0;
    7156       37130 :     double      dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
    7157             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7158       37130 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    7159       37130 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    7160             : 
    7161             :     /*
    7162             :      * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
    7163             :      * paths.  We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
    7164             :      * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
    7165             :      * aggregation.  (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
    7166             :      * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
    7167             :      */
    7168       37130 :     if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
    7169       37130 :         extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    7170         618 :         cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7171             : 
    7172             :     /*
    7173             :      * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
    7174             :      * generating partially-grouped partial paths.  However, if the input rel
    7175             :      * has no partial paths, then we can't.
    7176             :      */
    7177       37130 :     if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7178        1774 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    7179             : 
    7180             :     /*
    7181             :      * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
    7182             :      * aggregate non-partial paths, then don't bother creating the new
    7183             :      * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
    7184             :      */
    7185       37130 :     if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
    7186       35038 :         cheapest_partial_path == NULL &&
    7187       35038 :         !force_rel_creation)
    7188       34940 :         return NULL;
    7189             : 
    7190             :     /*
    7191             :      * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
    7192             :      * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
    7193             :      */
    7194        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root,
    7195             :                                             UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7196             :                                             grouped_rel->relids);
    7197        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
    7198        2190 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
    7199        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
    7200        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
    7201        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
    7202        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
    7203        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7204             : 
    7205             :     /*
    7206             :      * Build target list for partial aggregate paths.  These paths cannot just
    7207             :      * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
    7208             :      * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
    7209             :      * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
    7210             :      */
    7211        2190 :     partially_grouped_rel->reltarget =
    7212        2190 :         make_partial_grouping_target(root, grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7213             :                                      extra->havingQual);
    7214             : 
    7215        2190 :     if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
    7216             :     {
    7217             :         /*
    7218             :          * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
    7219             :          * performing aggregation in parallel.
    7220             :          */
    7221        7704 :         MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7222        7704 :         MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7223        1284 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    7224             :         {
    7225             :             /* partial phase */
    7226        1156 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7227             :                                  agg_partial_costs);
    7228             : 
    7229             :             /* final phase */
    7230        1156 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7231             :                                  agg_final_costs);
    7232             :         }
    7233             : 
    7234        1284 :         extra->partial_costs_set = true;
    7235             :     }
    7236             : 
    7237             :     /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
    7238        2190 :     if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7239             :         dNumPartialGroups =
    7240         618 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7241             :                                  cheapest_total_path->rows,
    7242             :                                  gd,
    7243             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7244        2190 :     if (cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7245             :         dNumPartialPartialGroups =
    7246        1774 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7247             :                                  cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    7248             :                                  gd,
    7249             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7250             : 
    7251        2190 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7252             :     {
    7253             :         /* This should have been checked previously */
    7254             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7255             : 
    7256             :         /*
    7257             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    7258             :          * sorting the cheapest partial path.
    7259             :          */
    7260        1236 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    7261             :         {
    7262             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7263         618 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7264         618 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7265         618 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7266             : 
    7267             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7268         618 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7269             : 
    7270             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7271             : 
    7272             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7273        1236 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7274             :             {
    7275         618 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7276             : 
    7277             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7278         618 :                 path = path_save;
    7279             : 
    7280         618 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7281             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7282             :                                          path,
    7283             :                                          cheapest_total_path,
    7284             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7285             :                                          -1.0);
    7286             : 
    7287         618 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7288           0 :                     continue;
    7289             : 
    7290         618 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7291         546 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7292         546 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    7293             :                                              partially_grouped_rel,
    7294             :                                              path,
    7295         546 :                                              partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7296         546 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7297             :                                              AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7298             :                                              info->clauses,
    7299             :                                              NIL,
    7300             :                                              agg_partial_costs,
    7301             :                                              dNumPartialGroups));
    7302             :                 else
    7303          72 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7304          72 :                              create_group_path(root,
    7305             :                                                partially_grouped_rel,
    7306             :                                                path,
    7307             :                                                info->clauses,
    7308             :                                                NIL,
    7309             :                                                dNumPartialGroups));
    7310             :             }
    7311             :         }
    7312             :     }
    7313             : 
    7314        2190 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7315             :     {
    7316             :         /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
    7317        3560 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    7318             :         {
    7319             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7320        1786 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7321        1786 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7322        1786 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7323             : 
    7324             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7325        1786 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7326             : 
    7327             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7328             : 
    7329             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7330        3572 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7331             :             {
    7332        1786 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7333             : 
    7334             : 
    7335             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7336        1786 :                 path = path_save;
    7337             : 
    7338        1786 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7339             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7340             :                                          path,
    7341             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7342             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7343             :                                          -1.0);
    7344             : 
    7345        1786 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7346           6 :                     continue;
    7347             : 
    7348        1780 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7349        1664 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7350        1664 :                                      create_agg_path(root,
    7351             :                                                      partially_grouped_rel,
    7352             :                                                      path,
    7353        1664 :                                                      partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7354        1664 :                                                      parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7355             :                                                      AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7356             :                                                      info->clauses,
    7357             :                                                      NIL,
    7358             :                                                      agg_partial_costs,
    7359             :                                                      dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7360             :                 else
    7361         116 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7362         116 :                                      create_group_path(root,
    7363             :                                                        partially_grouped_rel,
    7364             :                                                        path,
    7365             :                                                        info->clauses,
    7366             :                                                        NIL,
    7367             :                                                        dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7368             :             }
    7369             :         }
    7370             :     }
    7371             : 
    7372             :     /*
    7373             :      * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
    7374             :      */
    7375        2190 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7376             :     {
    7377             :         /* Checked above */
    7378             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7379             : 
    7380         618 :         add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7381         618 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    7382             :                                  partially_grouped_rel,
    7383             :                                  cheapest_total_path,
    7384         618 :                                  partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7385             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    7386             :                                  AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7387             :                                  root->processed_groupClause,
    7388             :                                  NIL,
    7389             :                                  agg_partial_costs,
    7390             :                                  dNumPartialGroups));
    7391             :     }
    7392             : 
    7393             :     /*
    7394             :      * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
    7395             :      */
    7396        2190 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7397             :     {
    7398         980 :         add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7399         980 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    7400             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7401             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7402         980 :                                          partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7403             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    7404             :                                          AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7405             :                                          root->processed_groupClause,
    7406             :                                          NIL,
    7407             :                                          agg_partial_costs,
    7408             :                                          dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7409             :     }
    7410             : 
    7411             :     /*
    7412             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    7413             :      * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
    7414             :      */
    7415        2190 :     if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    7416           6 :         partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    7417             :     {
    7418           6 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7419             : 
    7420           6 :         fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    7421             :                                          UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7422             :                                          input_rel, partially_grouped_rel,
    7423             :                                          extra);
    7424             :     }
    7425             : 
    7426        2190 :     return partially_grouped_rel;
    7427             : }
    7428             : 
    7429             : /*
    7430             :  * make_ordered_path
    7431             :  *      Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'.  May
    7432             :  *      return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
    7433             :  *      this case.
    7434             :  */
    7435             : static Path *
    7436       52778 : make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path,
    7437             :                   Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
    7438             : {
    7439             :     bool        is_sorted;
    7440             :     int         presorted_keys;
    7441             : 
    7442       52778 :     is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys,
    7443             :                                             path->pathkeys,
    7444             :                                             &presorted_keys);
    7445             : 
    7446       52778 :     if (!is_sorted)
    7447             :     {
    7448             :         /*
    7449             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7450             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7451             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7452             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7453             :          */
    7454       12458 :         if (path != cheapest_path &&
    7455        1968 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7456        1018 :             return NULL;
    7457             : 
    7458             :         /*
    7459             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7460             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7461             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7462             :          */
    7463       11440 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7464       10322 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    7465             :                                              rel,
    7466             :                                              path,
    7467             :                                              pathkeys,
    7468             :                                              limit_tuples);
    7469             :         else
    7470        1118 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7471             :                                                          rel,
    7472             :                                                          path,
    7473             :                                                          pathkeys,
    7474             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7475             :                                                          limit_tuples);
    7476             :     }
    7477             : 
    7478       51760 :     return path;
    7479             : }
    7480             : 
    7481             : /*
    7482             :  * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
    7483             :  * grouping relation.
    7484             :  *
    7485             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
    7486             :  * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
    7487             :  * applying Gather Merge.
    7488             :  *
    7489             :  * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
    7490             :  * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
    7491             :  * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
    7492             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths().
    7493             :  */
    7494             : static void
    7495        1636 : gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
    7496             : {
    7497             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7498             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    7499             :     List       *groupby_pathkeys;
    7500             : 
    7501             :     /*
    7502             :      * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
    7503             :      * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
    7504             :      */
    7505        1636 :     if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
    7506          18 :         groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
    7507             :                                           root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
    7508             :     else
    7509        1618 :         groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    7510             : 
    7511             :     /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
    7512        1636 :     generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, true);
    7513             : 
    7514        1636 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    7515             : 
    7516             :     /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
    7517        3872 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    7518             :     {
    7519        2236 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7520             :         bool        is_sorted;
    7521             :         int         presorted_keys;
    7522             :         double      total_groups;
    7523             : 
    7524        2236 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(groupby_pathkeys,
    7525             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    7526             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    7527             : 
    7528        2236 :         if (is_sorted)
    7529        1462 :             continue;
    7530             : 
    7531             :         /*
    7532             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7533             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7534             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7535             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7536             :          */
    7537         774 :         if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    7538           0 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7539           0 :             continue;
    7540             : 
    7541             :         /*
    7542             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7543             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7544             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7545             :          */
    7546         774 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7547         774 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
    7548             :                                              groupby_pathkeys,
    7549             :                                              -1.0);
    7550             :         else
    7551           0 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7552             :                                                          rel,
    7553             :                                                          path,
    7554             :                                                          groupby_pathkeys,
    7555             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7556             :                                                          -1.0);
    7557         774 :         total_groups = compute_gather_rows(path);
    7558             :         path = (Path *)
    7559         774 :             create_gather_merge_path(root,
    7560             :                                      rel,
    7561             :                                      path,
    7562         774 :                                      rel->reltarget,
    7563             :                                      groupby_pathkeys,
    7564             :                                      NULL,
    7565             :                                      &total_groups);
    7566             : 
    7567         774 :         add_path(rel, path);
    7568             :     }
    7569        1636 : }
    7570             : 
    7571             : /*
    7572             :  * can_partial_agg
    7573             :  *
    7574             :  * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
    7575             :  * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
    7576             :  */
    7577             : static bool
    7578       39796 : can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
    7579             : {
    7580       39796 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7581             : 
    7582       39796 :     if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
    7583             :     {
    7584             :         /*
    7585             :          * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
    7586             :          * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
    7587             :          */
    7588           0 :         return false;
    7589             :     }
    7590       39796 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    7591             :     {
    7592             :         /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
    7593         848 :         return false;
    7594             :     }
    7595       38948 :     else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
    7596             :     {
    7597             :         /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
    7598        3240 :         return false;
    7599             :     }
    7600             : 
    7601             :     /* Everything looks good. */
    7602       35708 :     return true;
    7603             : }
    7604             : 
    7605             : /*
    7606             :  * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
    7607             :  *
    7608             :  * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
    7609             :  * to generate the final scan/join target.  It would be more correct to model
    7610             :  * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
    7611             :  * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
    7612             :  * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
    7613             :  *
    7614             :  * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
    7615             :  * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
    7616             :  * appropriate sortgroupref information.  By avoiding the creation of
    7617             :  * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
    7618             :  */
    7619             : static void
    7620      525050 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7621             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
    7622             :                                List *scanjoin_targets,
    7623             :                                List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    7624             :                                bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    7625             :                                bool tlist_same_exprs)
    7626             : {
    7627      525050 :     bool        rel_is_partitioned = IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel);
    7628             :     PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    7629             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7630             : 
    7631             :     /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
    7632      525050 :     check_stack_depth();
    7633             : 
    7634             :     /*
    7635             :      * If the rel is partitioned, we want to drop its existing paths and
    7636             :      * generate new ones.  This function would still be correct if we kept the
    7637             :      * existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the correct target above
    7638             :      * the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete on cost with paths
    7639             :      * generating the target below the Append.  However, in our current cost
    7640             :      * model the latter way is always the same or cheaper cost, so modifying
    7641             :      * the existing paths would just be useless work.  Moreover, when the cost
    7642             :      * is the same, varying roundoff errors might sometimes allow an existing
    7643             :      * path to be picked, resulting in undesirable cross-platform plan
    7644             :      * variations.  So we drop old paths and thereby force the work to be done
    7645             :      * below the Append, except in the case of a non-parallel-safe target.
    7646             :      *
    7647             :      * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
    7648             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
    7649             :      * stanza.  Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
    7650             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
    7651             :      * finally zap the partial pathlist.
    7652             :      */
    7653      525050 :     if (rel_is_partitioned)
    7654       12436 :         rel->pathlist = NIL;
    7655             : 
    7656             :     /*
    7657             :      * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
    7658             :      * generate it.
    7659             :      */
    7660      525050 :     if (!scanjoin_target_parallel_safe)
    7661             :     {
    7662             :         /*
    7663             :          * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
    7664             :          * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
    7665             :          * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
    7666             :          * current reltarget is.  We don't do this in the case where the
    7667             :          * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
    7668             :          * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
    7669             :          * applied.
    7670             :          */
    7671       79984 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    7672             : 
    7673             :         /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
    7674       79984 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    7675       79984 :         rel->consider_parallel = false;
    7676             :     }
    7677             : 
    7678             :     /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
    7679      525050 :     if (rel_is_partitioned)
    7680       12436 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    7681             : 
    7682             :     /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
    7683      525050 :     scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    7684             : 
    7685             :     /*
    7686             :      * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
    7687             :      *
    7688             :      * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
    7689             :      * information into the existing pathtargets.  Otherwise, replace each
    7690             :      * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
    7691             :      * target.  This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
    7692             :      * so we just modify the list in place.
    7693             :      */
    7694     1079650 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    7695             :     {
    7696      554600 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7697             : 
    7698             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7699             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    7700             : 
    7701      554600 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    7702      188020 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    7703      188020 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    7704             :         else
    7705             :         {
    7706             :             Path       *newpath;
    7707             : 
    7708      366580 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    7709             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    7710      366580 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    7711             :         }
    7712             :     }
    7713             : 
    7714             :     /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
    7715      544382 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    7716             :     {
    7717       19332 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7718             : 
    7719             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7720             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    7721             : 
    7722       19332 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    7723       15800 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    7724       15800 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    7725             :         else
    7726             :         {
    7727             :             Path       *newpath;
    7728             : 
    7729        3532 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    7730             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    7731        3532 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    7732             :         }
    7733             :     }
    7734             : 
    7735             :     /*
    7736             :      * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
    7737             :      * atop each existing path.  (Note that this function doesn't look at the
    7738             :      * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
    7739             :      * now.)
    7740             :      */
    7741      525050 :     if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    7742        8740 :         adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, rel,
    7743             :                               scanjoin_targets,
    7744             :                               scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    7745             : 
    7746             :     /*
    7747             :      * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
    7748             :      * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
    7749             :      * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree.  We must do this now so
    7750             :      * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
    7751             :      * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
    7752             :      *
    7753             :      * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
    7754             :      * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
    7755             :      * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
    7756             :      */
    7757      525050 :     rel->reltarget = llast_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    7758             : 
    7759             :     /*
    7760             :      * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
    7761             :      * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
    7762             :      * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
    7763             :      * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
    7764             :      * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
    7765             :      */
    7766      525050 :     if (rel_is_partitioned)
    7767             :     {
    7768       12436 :         List       *live_children = NIL;
    7769             :         int         i;
    7770             : 
    7771             :         /* Adjust each partition. */
    7772       12436 :         i = -1;
    7773       35014 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    7774             :         {
    7775       22578 :             RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
    7776             :             AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    7777             :             int         nappinfos;
    7778       22578 :             List       *child_scanjoin_targets = NIL;
    7779             : 
    7780             :             Assert(child_rel != NULL);
    7781             : 
    7782             :             /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    7783       22578 :             if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    7784          42 :                 continue;
    7785             : 
    7786             :             /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
    7787       22536 :             appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
    7788             :                                                &nappinfos);
    7789       45072 :             foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
    7790             :             {
    7791       22536 :                 PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
    7792             : 
    7793       22536 :                 target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    7794       22536 :                 target->exprs = (List *)
    7795       22536 :                     adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    7796       22536 :                                            (Node *) target->exprs,
    7797             :                                            nappinfos, appinfos);
    7798       22536 :                 child_scanjoin_targets = lappend(child_scanjoin_targets,
    7799             :                                                  target);
    7800             :             }
    7801       22536 :             pfree(appinfos);
    7802             : 
    7803             :             /* Recursion does the real work. */
    7804       22536 :             apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, child_rel,
    7805             :                                            child_scanjoin_targets,
    7806             :                                            scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    7807             :                                            scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    7808             :                                            tlist_same_exprs);
    7809             : 
    7810             :             /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
    7811       22536 :             if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    7812       22536 :                 live_children = lappend(live_children, child_rel);
    7813             :         }
    7814             : 
    7815             :         /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
    7816       12436 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_children);
    7817             :     }
    7818             : 
    7819             :     /*
    7820             :      * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths.  We must only do this
    7821             :      * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
    7822             :      * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
    7823             :      * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
    7824             :      * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
    7825             :      */
    7826      525050 :     if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
    7827      154942 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    7828             : 
    7829             :     /*
    7830             :      * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
    7831             :      * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
    7832             :      * this relation.
    7833             :      */
    7834      525050 :     set_cheapest(rel);
    7835      525050 : }
    7836             : 
    7837             : /*
    7838             :  * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
    7839             :  *
    7840             :  * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
    7841             :  * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition.  This
    7842             :  * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
    7843             :  * into aggregation/grouping on each partition.  This should be no worse, and
    7844             :  * often better, than the normal approach.
    7845             :  *
    7846             :  * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
    7847             :  * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
    7848             :  * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
    7849             :  * and then finalize aggregation.  This is less certain to win than the
    7850             :  * previous case.  It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
    7851             :  * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
    7852             :  * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
    7853             :  */
    7854             : static void
    7855         562 : create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7856             :                                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7857             :                                     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7858             :                                     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    7859             :                                     const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    7860             :                                     grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7861             :                                     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
    7862             :                                     GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    7863             : {
    7864         562 :     List       *grouped_live_children = NIL;
    7865         562 :     List       *partially_grouped_live_children = NIL;
    7866         562 :     PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
    7867         562 :     bool        partial_grouping_valid = true;
    7868             :     int         i;
    7869             : 
    7870             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE);
    7871             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL ||
    7872             :            partially_grouped_rel != NULL);
    7873             : 
    7874             :     /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
    7875         562 :     i = -1;
    7876        2056 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    7877             :     {
    7878        1494 :         RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
    7879             :         PathTarget *child_target;
    7880             :         AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    7881             :         int         nappinfos;
    7882             :         GroupPathExtraData child_extra;
    7883             :         RelOptInfo *child_grouped_rel;
    7884             :         RelOptInfo *child_partially_grouped_rel;
    7885             : 
    7886             :         Assert(child_input_rel != NULL);
    7887             : 
    7888             :         /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    7889        1494 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_input_rel))
    7890           0 :             continue;
    7891             : 
    7892        1494 :         child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    7893             : 
    7894             :         /*
    7895             :          * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
    7896             :          * members specific to this child.
    7897             :          */
    7898        1494 :         memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
    7899             : 
    7900        1494 :         appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
    7901             :                                            &nappinfos);
    7902             : 
    7903        1494 :         child_target->exprs = (List *)
    7904        1494 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    7905        1494 :                                    (Node *) target->exprs,
    7906             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    7907             : 
    7908             :         /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
    7909        1494 :         child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
    7910             :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    7911             :                                    extra->havingQual,
    7912             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    7913        1494 :         child_extra.targetList = (List *)
    7914        1494 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    7915        1494 :                                    (Node *) extra->targetList,
    7916             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    7917             : 
    7918             :         /*
    7919             :          * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
    7920             :          * the value for this relation.  For the child, our value is its
    7921             :          * parent rel's value.
    7922             :          */
    7923        1494 :         child_extra.patype = patype;
    7924             : 
    7925             :         /*
    7926             :          * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    7927             :          * aggregation paths for the child.
    7928             :          */
    7929        1494 :         child_grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, child_input_rel,
    7930             :                                               child_target,
    7931        1494 :                                               extra->target_parallel_safe,
    7932             :                                               child_extra.havingQual);
    7933             : 
    7934             :         /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
    7935        1494 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, child_input_rel,
    7936             :                                        child_grouped_rel,
    7937             :                                        agg_costs, gd, &child_extra,
    7938             :                                        &child_partially_grouped_rel);
    7939             : 
    7940        1494 :         if (child_partially_grouped_rel)
    7941             :         {
    7942             :             partially_grouped_live_children =
    7943         906 :                 lappend(partially_grouped_live_children,
    7944             :                         child_partially_grouped_rel);
    7945             :         }
    7946             :         else
    7947         588 :             partial_grouping_valid = false;
    7948             : 
    7949        1494 :         if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    7950             :         {
    7951         876 :             set_cheapest(child_grouped_rel);
    7952         876 :             grouped_live_children = lappend(grouped_live_children,
    7953             :                                             child_grouped_rel);
    7954             :         }
    7955             : 
    7956        1494 :         pfree(appinfos);
    7957             :     }
    7958             : 
    7959             :     /*
    7960             :      * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
    7961             :      * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
    7962             :      * if parallel aggregation is possible.  For partial partitionwise
    7963             :      * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
    7964             :      *
    7965             :      * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
    7966             :      * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
    7967             :      */
    7968         562 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partial_grouping_valid)
    7969             :     {
    7970             :         Assert(partially_grouped_live_children != NIL);
    7971             : 
    7972         350 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, partially_grouped_rel,
    7973             :                                 partially_grouped_live_children);
    7974             : 
    7975             :         /*
    7976             :          * We need call set_cheapest, since the finalization step will use the
    7977             :          * cheapest path from the rel.
    7978             :          */
    7979         350 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7980         350 :             set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    7981             :     }
    7982             : 
    7983             :     /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
    7984         562 :     if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    7985             :     {
    7986             :         Assert(grouped_live_children != NIL);
    7987             : 
    7988         320 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, grouped_rel, grouped_live_children);
    7989             :     }
    7990         562 : }
    7991             : 
    7992             : /*
    7993             :  * group_by_has_partkey
    7994             :  *
    7995             :  * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
    7996             :  * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
    7997             :  */
    7998             : static bool
    7999         556 : group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8000             :                      List *targetList,
    8001             :                      List *groupClause)
    8002             : {
    8003         556 :     List       *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
    8004         556 :     int         cnt = 0;
    8005             :     int         partnatts;
    8006             : 
    8007             :     /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
    8008             :     Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
    8009             : 
    8010             :     /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
    8011         556 :     if (!input_rel->partexprs)
    8012           0 :         return false;
    8013             : 
    8014         556 :     partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
    8015             : 
    8016         912 :     for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
    8017             :     {
    8018         592 :         List       *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
    8019             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8020         592 :         bool        found = false;
    8021             : 
    8022         810 :         foreach(lc, partexprs)
    8023             :         {
    8024             :             ListCell   *lg;
    8025         586 :             Expr       *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
    8026         586 :             Oid         partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
    8027             : 
    8028         924 :             foreach(lg, groupexprs)
    8029             :             {
    8030         706 :                 Expr       *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
    8031         706 :                 Oid         groupcoll = exprCollation((Node *) groupexpr);
    8032             : 
    8033             :                 /*
    8034             :                  * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
    8035             :                  * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
    8036             :                  * one.
    8037             :                  */
    8038         706 :                 if (IsA(groupexpr, RelabelType))
    8039          24 :                     groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
    8040             : 
    8041         706 :                 if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
    8042             :                 {
    8043             :                     /*
    8044             :                      * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
    8045             :                      * the partitioning collation.
    8046             :                      */
    8047         368 :                     if (OidIsValid(partcoll) && OidIsValid(groupcoll) &&
    8048             :                         partcoll != groupcoll)
    8049          12 :                         return false;
    8050             : 
    8051         356 :                     found = true;
    8052         356 :                     break;
    8053             :                 }
    8054             :             }
    8055             : 
    8056         574 :             if (found)
    8057         356 :                 break;
    8058             :         }
    8059             : 
    8060             :         /*
    8061             :          * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
    8062             :          * GROUP BY expression, return false.
    8063             :          */
    8064         580 :         if (!found)
    8065         224 :             return false;
    8066             :     }
    8067             : 
    8068         320 :     return true;
    8069             : }
    8070             : 
    8071             : /*
    8072             :  * generate_setop_child_grouplist
    8073             :  *      Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
    8074             :  *      of the child of a set operation.
    8075             :  *
    8076             :  * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
    8077             :  * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
    8078             :  * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs.  Here we keep the
    8079             :  * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
    8080             :  * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'.  If
    8081             :  * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
    8082             :  * then we return an empty list.  This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
    8083             :  * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
    8084             :  */
    8085             : static List *
    8086       11528 : generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
    8087             : {
    8088       11528 :     List       *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
    8089             :     ListCell   *lg;
    8090             :     ListCell   *lt;
    8091             :     ListCell   *ct;
    8092             : 
    8093       11528 :     lg = list_head(grouplist);
    8094       11528 :     ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
    8095       46282 :     foreach(lt, targetlist)
    8096             :     {
    8097       35176 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
    8098             :         SortGroupClause *sgc;
    8099             :         Oid         coltype;
    8100             : 
    8101             :         /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs.  Leave these alone */
    8102       35176 :         if (tle->resjunk)
    8103           0 :             continue;
    8104             : 
    8105             :         /*
    8106             :          * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
    8107             :          * colTypes.
    8108             :          */
    8109             :         Assert(lg != NULL);
    8110             :         Assert(ct != NULL);
    8111       35176 :         sgc = (SortGroupClause *) lfirst(lg);
    8112       35176 :         coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
    8113             : 
    8114             :         /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
    8115       35176 :         if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
    8116         422 :             return NIL;
    8117             : 
    8118       34754 :         lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
    8119       34754 :         ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
    8120             : 
    8121             :         /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
    8122       34754 :         sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
    8123             :     }
    8124             : 
    8125             :     Assert(lg == NULL);
    8126             :     Assert(ct == NULL);
    8127             : 
    8128       11106 :     return grouplist;
    8129             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.14